FRANKLIN COVEY CO
10-K, 1999-11-23
BLANKBOOKS, LOOSELEAF BINDERS & BOOKBINDG & RELATD WORK
Previous: ARROW INTERNATIONAL INC, 10-K, 1999-11-23
Next: PIONEER LIMITED MATURITY BOND FUND, 497J, 1999-11-23




- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            Washington, D.C. 20549

                                   FORM 10-K

[X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
    EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31, 1999

[ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
    ACT OF 1934 FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM _______________ TO ______________

                               FRANKLIN COVEY CO.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
         Utah                        1-11107                 87-0401551
- --------------------------   ----------------------     ----------------------
(State or other jurisdiction  (Commission File No.)         (IRS Employer
   of incorporation)                                     Identification No.)
                           2200 West Parkway Boulevard
                         Salt Lake City, Utah 84119-2331
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         (Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)

         Registrant's telephone number, including area code:  (801) 817-1776

         Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
                                             Name of Each Exchange on Which
           Title of Each Class                        Registered
  -----------------------------------    ---------------------------------------
      Common Stock, $.05 Par Value               New York Stock Exchange

[ ]      Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:   None

         Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934  during  the  preceding  12 months  (or for such  shorter  period  that the
Registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES [X]    NO [ ]

         Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to
Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,
to the best of  Registrant's  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information
statements  incorporated  by  reference  in Part  III of this  Form  10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K. [X]

         The aggregate  market value of the Common Stock held by  non-affiliates
of the Registrant on November 1, 1999,  based upon the closing sale price of the
Common Stock of $8.38 per share on  that date, was  approximately  $172,068,417.
Shares of the Common  Stock held by each officer and director and by each person
who may be deemed to be an affiliate of the Registrant have been excluded.

         As of November 1, 1999, the Registrant had 20,533,224  shares of Common
Stock outstanding.

          DOCUMENTS  INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE Parts of the following  documents
are  incorporated by reference in Parts II, III and IV of  this Form 10-K: Proxy
Statement for Registrant's Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which is scheduled to
be held on January 28, 2000 (Part III).
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


<PAGE>



                                                 INDEX TO FORM 10-K
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                     Page
<S>  <C>                                                                                               <C>
PART I     .............................................................................................1

Item 1.    BUSINESS.....................................................................................1
           General......................................................................................1
           Franklin Covey Products......................................................................3
                  Paper Planners .......................................................................3
                  Binders  .............................................................................3
                  Electronic Solutions .................................................................3
                  Personal Development Products.........................................................3
           Training, Facilitation and Consulting Services...............................................4
                 Training and Education Programs........................................................4
                  Personal Coaching.....................................................................5
           Sales and Marketing..........................................................................5
                 Domestic Consumer Products ............................................................6
                           Catalog  ....................................................................6
                           Retail Stores................................................................6
                           Other Channels...............................................................6
                 Domestic Training and Education Sales..................................................7
                 International Operations...............................................................7
                 Printing Services .....................................................................8
           Strategic Distribution Alliances.............................................................8
           Clients......................................................................................8
           Competition..................................................................................8
                  Training .............................................................................8
                  Consulting............................................................................8
                  Products .............................................................................8
           Manufacturing and Distribution...............................................................9
           Trademarks, Copyrights and Intellectual Property............................................10
           Employees...................................................................................10

Item 2.    PROPERTIES..................................................................................11

Item 3.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS...........................................................................11

Item 4.    SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.........................................11

PART II    ............................................................................................12

Item 5.    MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON STOCK AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS....................12

Item 6.    SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.....................................................................12

Item 7.    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.......13
                 Overview..............................................................................13
                 Restructuring.........................................................................14
                 Year 2000 Issues......................................................................15
                      State of Readiness...............................................................15
                      Cost to Address Y2K Issues.......................................................16
                      Risk of the Company's Y2K Issues.................................................16
                      Contingency Plans................................................................17
                 Results of Operations.................................................................17
                      Gross Margin.....................................................................19
                      Operating Expenses...............................................................19
                      Restructuring Costs..............................................................20
                      Loss on Impaired Assets..........................................................20
                      Interest Expense.................................................................20
                      Income Taxes.....................................................................20
                      Preferred Stock Dividends........................................................21
                 Fiscal 1998 Compared with Fiscal 1997.................................................21
                      Sales ...........................................................................21
                      Gross Margin.....................................................................21
                      Operating Expenses...............................................................22
                      Interest Expense.................................................................22
                      Income Taxes.....................................................................22
                      Change in Accounting Principle...................................................22
                 Quarterly Results.....................................................................22
                 Liquidity and Capital Resources.......................................................23
                 Market Risk of Financial Instruments..................................................26
                 "Safe Harbor" Statement...............................................................26

                                                  ii
<PAGE>


Item 8.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.................................................27
                 Consolidated Balance Sheets...........................................................28
                 Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income............................29
                 Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity.......................................30
                 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.................................................31
                 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements............................................32

Item 9.    CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE........51

PART III   ............................................................................................52

Item 10.   DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT..........................................52

Item 11.   EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION......................................................................52

Item 12.   SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT..............................52

Item 13.   CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS..............................................52

PART IV    ............................................................................................53

Item 14.   EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K.............................53
           (a)    Documents Filed......................................................................53
                  1.       Financial Statements........................................................53
                  2.       Exhibit List................................................................53
           (b)    Reports on Form 8-K..................................................................54
           (c)    Exhibits.............................................................................57
           (d)    Financial Statement Schedule........................................................132

SIGNATURES ............................................................................................55

</TABLE>
                                                iii
<PAGE>

                                   PART I


Item 1.  BUSINESS

GENERAL

         Franklin  Covey  Co.  (the   "Company"  or  "Franklin   Covey")  is  an
international learning and performance solutions company dedicated to increasing
the  effectiveness of individuals and  organizations.  To achieve that goal, the
Company  provides   consulting   services,   training  and  education  programs,
educational   materials,   publications,   assessment  and  measurement   tools,
implementation  processes,  application  tools and products  designed to empower
individuals and organizations to become more effective.  The Company's offerings
include a comprehensive time and life management system that enables individuals
to better  manage their time by  identifying  goals and  prioritizing  the tasks
necessary to achieve  them.  The Company also provides  training and  education,
consulting   services   and   products   designed   to  improve   organizational
effectiveness,  leadership  skills,  written  and  oral  business  communication
skills,  sales skills,  performance skills and the ability to measure the impact
of training investments. Franklin Covey also offers book and commercial printing
services. To facilitate implementation of the principles it teaches, the Company
produces and markets its primary product, the Franklin Planner(R).

         The original  Franklin Planner consists of a paper-based,  two-page per
day Franklin Covey planning system combined with a seven-ring  binder, a variety
of planning aids, weekly,  monthly and annual calendars and personal  management
sections.  The  Franklin  Planner can also be  purchased  in one-page per day or
two-page per week versions.  The Company  offers  various forms and  accessories
that allow users to expand and customize their Franklin Planner.  Franklin Covey
markets the Franklin Planner and accessory  products  directly to organizations,
and through its sales catalog,  its retail stores,  and its e-commerce  Internet
site at  www.franklincovey.com.  At  August  31,  1999,  Franklin  Covey had 125
domestic  retail  stores  located in 36 states and the District of  Columbia.  A
significant percentage of the users of the original Franklin Planner continue to
purchase a renewal planner each year, creating  substantial  recurring sales. In
recent years, the Company has also made the Franklin Planner system available in
desktop  software  and  as an  add-on  to the  popular  3Com  Palm(R)  Computing
organizers  and Windows  CE(R)  hand-held  devices.  The Company  also  recently
released an extension to Microsoft Outlook(R) that incorporates Franklin Planner
principles into the Outlook calendar system.

         The  principles  taught  in the  Company's  curriculum  have  also been
published, in many cases, in book and audio tape form. Books sold by the Company
include The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People,  Principle-Centered Leadership,
First  Things  First,  The 7 Habits  of  Highly  Effective  Families,  Nature of
Leadership and Living the 7 Habits, all by Stephen R. Covey, The 10 Natural Laws
of Time and Life Management by Hyrum W. Smith, The Power Principle by Blaine Lee
and The 7 Habits of Highly Effective Teens, by Sean Covey.  These books, as well
as audio tape  versions  of many of these  products,  are sold  through  general
retail channels, as well as through the Company's own catalog and retail stores.

         Domestic consumer product sales,  consisting  primarily of the Franklin
Planner and related  products,  accounted for 48% of the Company's  sales during
the year ended August 31, 1999.

         Franklin  Covey  provides  its  effectiveness  solutions  to  business,
industry,   educational  institutions,   government  entities,  communities  and
individuals. The Company sells its services to the organizational market through
its own direct  sales  force.  The Company  delivers  its  training  services to
organizations  in one of three  ways:

1.        Franklin  Covey  consultants  provide  on-site  consulting or training
          classes for  organizations.  In these  situations,  the Franklin Covey
          consultant can tailor the curriculum to the client's specific business
          and  objectives.

2.        The  Company  also  conducts  public  seminars in more than 200 cities
          throughout  the  United  States,  where  organizations  can send their
          employees in smaller numbers.  These public seminars are also marketed
          directly  to the public  through  the  Company's  catalog,  e-commerce
          website,  retail stores, and by direct mail.


                                       1
<PAGE>



3.        The Company's programs are also designed to be facilitated by licensed
          professional trainers and managers in client  organizations,  reducing
          dependence  on the  Company's  professional  presenters,  and creating
          continuing revenue as participant materials are purchased for trainees
          by these facilitators.

         In fiscal 1999, the Company provided products and services to 83 of the
Fortune  100 and more than 75% of the Fortune 500  companies.  The Company  also
provides its products and services to a number of U.S. and foreign  governmental
agencies,  including  the U.S.  Department  of Defense,  as well as  educational
institutions.

         Domestic training and education sales,  including training presented by
client  facilitators,  accounted  for 38% of the Company's  sales,  representing
approximately  530,000  individuals  trained,  during the year ended  August 31,
1999.

         The Company also provides  products,  consulting and training  services
internationally,  either through directly operated offices,  or through licensed
providers.  At August 31, 1999,  Franklin Covey had direct operations in Canada,
Japan, Australia,  New Zealand, Mexico, Bahrain, Belgium and the United Kingdom.
The Company also had licensed  operations in 33 countries,  including Mexico and
the United  Kingdom.  During the year ended August 31, 1999,  the total sales of
the direct  operations  and royalties  from the licensed  operations  were $50.5
million and accounted for 9% of total Company revenue.

         Effective October 1, 1996, the Company acquired the assets of TrueNorth
Corporation ("Personal Coaching"), a training company headquartered in Salt Lake
City, Utah. Personal Coaching provides post-instruction personalized coaching to
corporations  and  individuals  to augment  the  effectiveness  and  duration of
quality training curricula.

         Effective  March 4, 1997,  the Company  acquired  the assets of Premier
Agendas, Inc., and Premier School Agendas, Ltd. (collectively,  "Premier"),  the
leading   provider  of  academic  and  personal   planners  for  students   from
kindergarten to college  throughout the United States and Canada.  Premier has a
user base of approximately twelve million students.

         Effective June 2, 1997, Covey  Leadership  Center,  Inc.  ("Covey") was
merged with and into the Company (the  "Merger") and the name of the Company was
changed to Franklin Covey Co. Management  believes that the Merger positions the
Company as a leading  provider of products  and  training  services  designed to
increase  the  effectiveness  of  individuals  and  organizations.   The  Merger
broadened  the  range of  products  and  services  offered  to  include  Covey's
top-rated leadership programs,  "The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People(R)" and
"Four Roles of  Leadership(R),"  increased the Company's capacity to develop and
market new  programs  and products  and created the  potential  for  significant
efficiencies  and  synergies as  distribution  and  production  facilities  were
combined.

         In January 1999, the Company acquired the assets of Khalsa  Associates,
a leading sales training company. In July 1999,  Microsoft announced that it had
signed an agreement with Franklin Covey to train its world-wide  sales force and
its 21,000 sales channel partners utilizing Franklin Covey's unique consultative
sales training program.

         In September 1999, the Company  acquired the assets of the Professional
Resources   Organization  (the  Jack  Phillips  Group),  a  leading  measurement
assessment firm specializing in measuring the impact and return on investment in
training and consulting.

         Unless the context requires otherwise,  all references to the "Company"
or to  "Franklin  Covey"  herein  refer to  Franklin  Covey Co.  and each of its
operating divisions and subsidiaries.  The Company's principal executive offices
are located at 2200 West Parkway Boulevard,  Salt Lake City, Utah 84119-2331 and
its telephone number is (801) 817-1776.




                                       2
<PAGE>





FRANKLIN COVEY PRODUCTS

         Based upon its belief that  organizational and individual  productivity
require  effective time  management,  the Franklin Planner has been developed as
the  basic  tool for  implementing  the  principles  of  Franklin  Covey's  time
management  system.  The original  Franklin  Planner  consists of a  paper-based
Franklin Covey planning  system, a binder in which to carry it, various planning
aids,  weekly,  monthly  and annual  calendars  as well as  personal  management
sections.  Franklin  Covey  offers a broad line of renewal  planners,  forms and
binders for the  Franklin  Planner,  which are  available  in various  sizes and
styles.   Franklin   Covey  also  offers  a  variety  of  electronic   solutions
incorporating the same principles as the original  Franklin Planner.  During the
fiscal year ended August 31, 1999, domestic product sales,  consisting primarily
of the Franklin  Planner and related  products,  amounted to $264.3  million and
accounted for 48% of Franklin Covey's sales during the period.

         PAPER PLANNERS.  Paper planner  renewals are available for the Franklin
Planner in five sizes and various styles and consist of daily or weekly formats,
appointment  schedules,  task lists,  monthly calendars,  daily expense records,
daily record of events, and personal management pages for an entire year. Annual
Renewal  Planners range in price from $19.00 to $50.00.  The Master Pack,  which
includes  personal  management tabs, a guide to using the planner,  a pagefinder
and weekly compass cards completes a Franklin Planner.
The Master Pack price ranges from $6.00 to $7.00.

         BINDERS.  Franklin  Covey offers binders and  accessories  (briefcases,
portfolios,  wallets/purses,  leather  care  products,  etc.)  in a  variety  of
materials,  styles and Franklin  Planner  sizes.  These  materials  include high
quality  leathers,  fabrics,  synthetics  and  vinyls in a variety  of color and
design options.  Binder styles include zipper closures,  snap closures, and open
formats with pocket  configurations to accommodate credit cards, business cards,
checkbooks and writing instruments. The Company's binder products range in price
from $19.00 to $330.00.

         ELECTRONIC  SOLUTIONS.  The  Company  also  offers  its  time  and life
management methodology within a complete Personal Information Management ("PIM")
system known as the Franklin Planner Software (formerly ASCEND(R)) program. This
system can be used in conjunction with the paper-based  Franklin Planner or used
as a  stand-alone  planning  and  information  management  system.  The Franklin
Planner  Software  permits  users to generate  and print data on Franklin  Covey
paper that can be  inserted  directly  into the  Franklin  Planner.  The program
operates in the Windows(R) 95, 98 and NT 4.0 operating  systems.  Franklin Covey
offers Franklin Planner Software at a retail price of $99.95, which includes all
necessary software,  related tutorials and reference manuals. The Company offers
the software through  nationwide  retail software stores,  as well as in its own
retail stores, catalog, and e-commerce Internet site.

         Franklin Covey is also an OEM provider of the Palm Computing  organizer
that includes the Franklin  Planner  Software when sold through  Franklin  Covey
channels.   The  Palm  Computing  organizer  is  a  handheld  electronic  device
manufactured by 3Com(R).  The Palm has become another  successful  planning tool
offered by the Company  through all of its channels.  The Company has introduced
products that can add paper-based  planning to the electronic planner as well as
binders and carrying cases specific to the Palm.

         The Company also recently  introduced a version of its Franklin Planner
Software  that is designed to operate as an  extension  to  Microsoft's  Outlook
software.   This  is  intended   especially  for  companies  that  have  already
standardized  on Microsoft for group  scheduling,  but wish to make the Franklin
Planner  available to their employees  without  creating the need to support two
separate systems.  As this kind of extension proves its value in the market, the
Franklin Planner Software extension model will be expanded to other platforms.

         PERSONAL  DEVELOPMENT  PRODUCTS.  To supplement its principal products,
Franklin Covey offers a number of accessories  and related  products,  including
books,  videotapes and audio cassettes  focused on time management,  leadership,
personal  improvement  and other  topics.  The Company also markets a variety of
content-based  personal  development  products.  These  products  include books,
PrioritiesO  magazine,  audio  learning  systems such as multi-tape and workbook
sets,  CD-ROM  software  products,  calendars,  posters and other specialty name


                                       3
<PAGE>

brand items.  The Company  offers  numerous  accessory  forms,  including  check
registers,  spread  sheets,  stationery,  mileage  logs,  maps,  menu  planners,
shopping lists and other information  management and project planning forms. The
Company's  accessory products and forms are generally  available in the Franklin
Planner sizes.

TRAINING, FACILITATION AND CONSULTING SERVICES

         Franklin Covey's  training,  facilitation  and consulting  services are
marketed  and  delivered  in the  United  States by the  Company's  Professional
Services  Group,  which  consists of talented  consultants,  selected  through a
competitive and demanding process, and highly qualified sales professionals.

         Franklin  Covey  currently  employs 155 training  consultants in  ajor
metropolitan  areas  of  the  United  States  with  an  additional  38  training
consultants outside of the United States. Training consultants are selected from
a large number of  experienced  applicants.  These  consultants  generally  have
several  years  of  training   and/or   consulting   experience   and  excellent
presentation  skills.  Once  selected,  the training  consultant  goes through a
rigorous training program including  multiple live  presentations.  The training
program  ultimately  results in the Company's  certification  of the consultant.
Franklin Covey believes that the caliber of its training  consultants has helped
build  its  reputation  of  providing  high  quality  seminars.   The  Company's
Professional  Services  Group  can also  help  organizational  clients  diagnose
inefficiencies  in  their  organization  and  design  the core  components  of a
client's organizational  solutions.  The efforts of the consultants are enhanced
by several proprietary  consulting tools the Company has designed for their use:
Organizational Health  Assessment(TM)  ("OHA"), used to assess client needs; the
Organizational   Effectiveness   Cycle(TM)   ("OE-Cycle(TM)"),    utilized   for
organizational    diagnosis   and   re-design;    and   the   Principle-Centered
Organizational Change Process(TM) ("PCOC  Process(TM)"),  a rigorous methodology
for organizational change management.

         Franklin  Covey's  Professional  Services  Group is  organized in sales
teams  in  order  to  assure  that  both the  consultant  and the  client  sales
professional  participate in the  development of new business and the assessment
of client needs.  Consultants  are then  entrusted  with the actual  delivery of
content,  seminars,  processes  and  other  solutions.   Consultants  follow  up
continuously  with client  service teams,  working with them to develop  lasting
client impact and ongoing business opportunities.

         TRAINING  AND  EDUCATION  PROGRAMS.  Franklin  Covey  offers a range of
training  programs   designed  to  significantly  and  measurably   improve  the
effectiveness  of individuals  and  organizations.  The Company's  workshops are
oriented  to address  each of the four  levels of  leadership  needs:  personal,
interpersonal,  managerial and organizational. In addition, the Company believes
each of its workshops provides an impactful  experience and frequently generates
additional  business.  During fiscal 1999,  more than 530,000  individuals  were
trained using the Company's curriculum in its single and multiple-day  workshops
and seminars.

         Franklin Covey's  single-day What Matters Most workshop competes in the
time  management  industry.  This time  management  seminar is  conducted by the
Company's  training  consultants for employees of clients and in public seminars
throughout  the  United  States  and in  many  foreign  countries.  This  is the
Company's  single most popular  workshop,  generating  approximately  29% of the
training  revenue  for the  Company.  The  Company  offers  a  number  of  other
single-day  seminars  and  workshops  including  Presentation  Advantage(TM),  a
seminar  helping  individuals  and  organizations  make more effective  business
presentations;  Writing Advantage(R),  a seminar that teaches effective business
writing and communication skills; Planning for Results(TM);  Building Trust(TM);
Managing  Change(TM);  and Power of  Understanding(TM).  The Company's  training
consultants  conduct these seminars and workshops for employees of institutional
clients and public seminar participants.

         Franklin Covey also delivers multiple-day  workshops,  primarily in the
Leadership area.  Included in these offerings is its three-day 7 Habits workshop
based upon the material  presented in The 7 Habits of Highly  Effective  People.
The 7 Habits workshop provides the foundation for continued client relationships
and generates more business as the Company's  content and application  tools are
delivered  deeper into the  organization.  Additionally,  a three-day 4 Roles of
Leadership course is offered,  which focuses on the managerial aspects of client
needs.  Franklin Covey Leadership Week, which management  believes is one of the
premier leadership programs in the United States, consists of a five-day session


                                       4
<PAGE>

focused on  materials  from  Franklin  Covey's The 7 Habits of Highly  Effective
People and The 4 Roles of Leadership courses.  Franklin Covey Leadership Week is
reserved  for  executive  level  management.  As a part  of the  week's  agenda,
executive  participants  design  strategies for long-term  implementation of the
Company's principles and content within their organizations. The courses offered
in the  leadership  area  generate  over  27% of the  training  revenue  for the
Company.

         In addition to providing  consultants  and  presenters,  Franklin Covey
also  trains  and  certifies  client  facilitators  to  teach  selected  Company
workshops   within  the   client's   organization.   Franklin   Covey   believes
client-facilitated  training is important to its fundamental  strategy to create
recurring  client  revenue  streams.  After having been  certified,  clients can
purchase  manuals,  profiles,  planners and other  products to conduct  training
workshops within their organization, generally without the Company repeating the
sales  process.  This  creates an  annuity-type  business,  providing  recurring
revenue,  especially when combined with the fact that curriculum  content in one
course leads the client to additional  participation  in other Company  courses.
Since 1988,  Franklin  Covey has trained more than 19,000  client  facilitators.
Client  facilitators  are certified only after  graduating  from one of Franklin
Covey's  certification   workshops  and  completing  post-course   certification
requirements.

         Franklin Covey regularly  sponsors public seminars in cities throughout
the United States and in several foreign countries. The frequency of seminars in
each city or country depends on the concentration of Franklin Covey clients, the
level of promotion and resulting demand,  and generally ranges from semi-monthly
to quarterly. Smaller institutional clients often utilize the public seminars to
train their employees.

         In fiscal 1996, Franklin Covey introduced the Franklin Covey Leadership
Library series of video workshops.  The Franklin Covey  Leadership  Library is a
series of stand-alone  video workshops that can be used in informal  settings as
discussion  starters,  in staff  meetings or as part of an  in-house  leadership
development program.

         PERSONAL COACHING.  Franklin Covey offers post-seminar  training in the
form of personal  coaching.  The Company  employs 41 coaches that  interact with
clients on the  telephone to help them  implement  the training from the seminar
they have  taken.  The  Company  offers  personal  coaching  for some of its own
curriculum as well as seminars offered by other training companies.

          Sales of training and education services for the year ended August 31,
1999 were $210.6  million and accounted for 38% of Franklin  Covey's total sales
during the period.

SALES AND MARKETING

         The  following  table  sets  forth,  for  the  periods  indicated,  the
Company's  revenue and  percentage  of total  revenue for each of its  principal
distribution channels:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                    Year Ended August 31,

                                                                   (dollars in thousands)
                                       --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                  1999                        1998                        1997
                                       --------------------------  -------------------------- -------------------------
<S>                                      <C>            <C>         <C>             C>          <C>           <C>
Domestic Consumer Products               $264,333        47.6%      $258,973        47.4%       $223,135       51.5%
Domestic Training and Education           210,621         38.0       207,015         37.9        154,595        35.7
International                              50,535          9.1        45,068          8.2         23,927         5.5
All Other                                  29,434          5.3        35,556          6.5         31,615         7.3
                                       ================================================================================
     Total Sales                         $554,923       100.0%      $546,612       100.0%       $433,272      100.0%
                                       ================================================================================

</TABLE>




                                       5
<PAGE>





         DOMESTIC  CONSUMER  PRODUCTS.  Franklin  Covey  uses  catalogs,  retail
stores, its own Web site and other distribution  channels to market its products
to organizations and individuals.

                  CATALOG.  Franklin  Covey  periodically  mails catalogs to its
clients,  including a reference  catalog,  holiday  catalog,  catalogs  timed to
coincide with planner renewals and catalogs  related to special events,  such as
store  openings or new product  offerings.  Catalogs may be targeted to specific
geographic areas or user groups as appropriate.  Catalogs are typically  printed
in full color  with an  attractive  selling  presentation  highlighting  product
benefits and features.

                  Franklin  Covey  maintains a client service  department  which
clients may call toll-free,  24 hours a day, Monday through Saturday, to inquire
about a product  or to place an order.  Through  Franklin  Covey's  computerized
order entry system,  client  representatives  have access to client preferences,
prior orders,  billings,  shipments and other  information on a real-time basis.
Each of the Company's  more than 375 customer  service  representatives  has the
authority to immediately solve any client service problem.

                  Franklin  Covey  utilizes a zone picking system for processing
orders.  This system  enables the Company to respond  rapidly to client  orders.
Client  information  stored  within  the  order  entry  system  is also used for
additional purposes, including target marketing of specific products to existing
clients and site selection for Company  retail  stores.  Franklin Covey believes
that its order entry system helps assure client satisfaction  through both rapid
delivery and accurate order shipment.

                  RETAIL  STORES.  Beginning in late 1985,  Franklin Covey began
opening retail stores in areas of high client  density.  The initial stores were
generally located in lower traffic destination locations.  The Company has since
adopted a strategy of locating  retail stores in  high-traffic  retail  centers,
primarily  large  shopping  malls,  to serve  existing  clients  and to  attract
increased numbers of walk-in clients.  Franklin Covey believes that higher costs
associated  with  locating  retail  stores in these  centers have been offset by
increased  sales in these  locations.  Franklin  Covey's  retail  stores,  which
average  approximately  2,000  square feet,  are stocked  almost  entirely  with
Franklin  Covey  products.  The  Company's  retail  stores  strategy  focuses on
providing  exceptional  client  service  at the  point of sale.  Franklin  Covey
believes this approach  increases  client  satisfaction as well as the frequency
and volume of  purchases.  At August 31, 1999,  Franklin  Covey had 125 domestic
retail stores located in 36 states and the District of Columbia.

                  Franklin Covey attracts  existing clients to its retail stores
by informing them of store openings through direct mail advertising. The Company
believes   that  its  retail   stores   encourage   walk-through   traffic   and
impulse-buying  and that store clients are a source of participants for Franklin
Covey's  public  seminars.  The stores have also  provided  the Company  with an
opportunity to assess client reaction to new product offerings.

                  Franklin Covey believes that its retail stores have a high-end
image  consistent with its marketing  strategy.  Franklin  Covey's  products are
generally  grouped in sections  supporting  the different  sizes of the Franklin
Planner.  Products are attractively  presented and displayed with an emphasis on
integration  of related  products  and  accessories.  Stores are staffed  with a
manager, an assistant manager and additional sales personnel as needed. Franklin
Covey employees have been trained to use the original Franklin Planner,  as well
as its various electronic  versions,  enabling them to assist and advise clients
in selection and use of the Company's products. During peak periods,  additional
personnel are added to promote prompt and courteous client service.

                  OTHER  CHANNELS.  In November  1998,  the Company  completed a
pilot  agreement to sell selected  Franklin  Planners and binders through Office
Depot,  a  mass-market  retail  operation  with  approximately  580 stores.  The
agreement  allowed Office Depot to market and sell selected  Franklin  Planners,
renewal  planners,  master packs,  binders and accessories in a four-foot retail
shelf location in their stores. The results of this initial arrangement were not
satisfactory.  The Company has discontinued  its relationship  with Office Depot
and does not intend to market its basic  products  through  this  channel in the
near future.

                                       6
<PAGE>

                  In January  1998,  the  Company  formed an  alliance  with the
At-A-Glance group to sell its products through the category  contract  stationer
channel.  At-A-Glance wholesales other products to contract stationer businesses
such as Boise  Cascade,  Office  Express and Staples,  which in turn sell office
products  through  catalog order entry systems to businesses and  organizations.
The  Company  signed an  agreement  to have  At-A-Glance  represent  a  selected
Franklin Planner product line through this office products channel.  The Company
believes that additional  revenues have more than offset the  anticipated  lower
margins from selling product through this channel.


         DOMESTIC   TRAINING  AND  EDUCATION   SALES.   Franklin  Covey's  sales
professionals market the Company's training, consulting and measurement services
to institutional clients and public seminar clients.

         Franklin  Covey  employs  220 sales  professionals  who  service  major
metropolitan  areas  throughout the United States and sell training  services to
institutional   clients.   Franklin   Covey   employs  an  additional  53  sales
professionals  outside  of the  United  States.  Sales  professionals  must have
significant  selling  experience  prior to  employment  by the  Company  and are
trained  and  evaluated  at  Franklin  Covey  and  in  their   respective  sales
territories  during  the first six  months of  employment.  Sales  professionals
typically call upon persons responsible for corporate employee training, such as
corporate  training directors or human resource  officers.  Sales  professionals
work closely with  training  consultants  in their  territories  to schedule and
tailor  seminars and  workshops to meet  specific  objectives  of  institutional
clients.

         Franklin  Covey also employs 155 training  consultants  throughout  the
United States who present  institutional and public seminars in their respective
territories  and an  additional  38 training  consultants  outside of the United
States.  Training  consultants work with sales  professionals  and institutional
clients to  incorporate  a client's  policies  and  objectives  in seminars  and
present ways that employee goals may be aligned with those of the institution.

         Public seminars are planned,  implemented and coordinated with training
consultants  by a  staff  of  marketing  and  administrative  personnel  at  the
Company's  corporate  offices.  These seminars  provide training for the general
public and are also used as a marketing tool for attracting  corporate and other
institutional clients.  Corporate training directors are often invited to attend
public seminars to preview the seminar content prior to engaging  Franklin Covey
to train in-house employees.  Smaller  institutional  clients often enroll their
employees in public seminars when a private  seminar is not cost  effective.  In
the public  seminars,  attendees  are also invited to provide names of potential
persons and companies who may be  interested  in Franklin  Covey's  seminars and
products.  These referrals are generally used as prospects for Franklin  Covey's
sales professionals.

          Premier  markets  agendas to schools and school  districts in order to
help teachers and students enhance the learning process.  Premier sold more than
14.5  million  agendas in fiscal 1999,  mostly in the United  States and Canada.
Premier has a direct sales force of 146 sales professionals.  An agenda consists
of a  wire-bound  notebook  with dated pages to help the  student  keep track of
assignments  and due dates,  and to encourage  regular  communication  among the
student, the parents and the teacher. Most agendas are customized to include the
individual school's rules, regulations, administrators and scheduled events.

         INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS.  The Company provides products,  training and
printing services internationally through Company-owned and licensed operations.
Franklin Covey has Company-owned  operations and offices in Australia,  Bahrain,
Belgium,  Canada,  Japan,  Mexico, New Zealand and the United Kingdom.  Mainland
Europe is represented  by an affiliate and agent  network.  The Company also has
licensed operations in Bermuda,  Indonesia,  Ireland,  Korea,  Malaysia,  India,
Egypt,  Lebanon,   Saudi  Arabia,   Turkey,  UAE,  Israel,   Estonia,   Nigeria,
Philippines,  Singapore,  China, Hong Kong, Taiwan, South Africa, Chile, Panama,
Netherlands Antilles,  Argentina,  Colombia,  Uruguay,  Bahamas, Ecuador, Puerto
Rico, Venezuela and  Trinidad/Tobago.  Franklin Covey operates retail operations
in Australia,  Canada, Japan, Hong Kong, Singapore,  Taiwan and Mexico. Franklin
Covey's  seven most  popular  books,  The 7 Habits of Highly  Effective  People,
Principle-Centered  Leadership, The 10 Natural Laws of Time and Life Management,
First  Things  First,  The Power  Principle,  The 7 Habits  of Highly  Effective
Families and The 7 Habits of Highly  Effective Teens are currently  published in
multiple languages.

                                       7
<PAGE>

         The international  operations of the Company generated $50.5 million in
revenue in the year ended  August 31,  1999.  Training  and  education  services
generated 53% of the revenue,  consumer  product  generated 43%, and the balance
came from  publishing  activities  in Japan.  After  grossing up royalties  from
licensed  operations to their actual sales level,  total sales  generated in the
international area were $68.3 million.

         PRINTING  SERVICES.  Through the  acquisition  of  Publishers  Press in
December  1994,  Franklin Covey  acquired  greater  control over printing of the
materials  for the Franklin  Planner and of other related  products.  Publishers
Press also  provides  book and  commercial  printing  services to clients in the
western  United  States.  The Company has  announced  its  intention to sell the
commercial part of this printing  operation,  and expects that transaction to be
completed in fiscal 2000.


STRATEGIC DISTRIBUTION ALLIANCES

         Franklin Covey has pursued an aggressive  strategy to create  strategic
alliances with  innovative and respected  organizations  in an effort to develop
effective  distribution of its products and services. The principal distribution
alliances currently maintained by Franklin Covey are: Simon & Schuster and Saint
Martin's  Press in  publishing  books for the  Company;  Wyncom to  promote  and
facilitate   Dr.   Covey's    personal    appearances    and    teleconferences;
Nightingale-Conant  to  market  and  distribute  audio  and  video  tapes of the
Company's book titles;  At-A-Glance to market and distribute  selected  Franklin
Planners and  accessories  through catalog office supply  channels;  and 3Com to
serve as the official training organization for their Palm Computing products.

CLIENTS

         Franklin  Covey  has  developed  a  broad  base  of  institutional  and
individual  clients.  The  Company  has more than  8,000  institutional  clients
consisting of corporations,  governmental agencies, educational institutions and
other organizations.  The Company believes its products,  workshops and seminars
encourage  strong  client  loyalty.   Employees  in  each  of  Franklin  Covey's
distribution  channels  focus on  providing  timely and  courteous  responses to
client  requests  and  inquiries.  Institutional  clients  may choose to receive
assistance in designing and developing  customized forms, tabs,  pagefinders and
binders necessary to satisfy specific needs.

COMPETITION

         TRAINING. Competition in the performance skills organizational training
industry  is  highly  fragmented  with few  large  competitors.  Franklin  Covey
estimates that the industry  represents  more than $6 billion in annual revenues
and that the largest traditional organizational training firms have sales in the
$200 million range.  Based upon Franklin  Covey's fiscal 1999 domestic  training
and education sales of approximately $210 million,  the Company believes it is a
leading  competitor in the  organizational  training market.  Other  significant
competitors  in  the  leadership  training  market  are  Development  Dimensions
International,  Achieve Global (formerly Zenger Miller), Organizational Dynamics
Inc.,  Provant,  Forum  Corporation,  EPS  Solutions and the Center for Creative
Leadership.

         CONSULTING.  Franklin Covey's PCOC change management methodology, which
it initiated in 1996, is directly  linked to  organization  and culture  change.
Effective change is achieved through  creating a  principle-centered  foundation
within  an  organization  and by  aligning  systems  and  structures  with  that
foundation.  Franklin  Covey believes its approach to  organization  and culture
change is  distinguishable  from the approach taken by more  traditional  change
management and  re-engineering  firms, as Franklin Covey's approach  complements
rather than competes with the offerings of such firms.

         PRODUCTS.  The paper-based  time  management and personal  organization
products market is intensely  competitive and subject to rapid change.  Franklin
Covey  competes  directly  with  other  companies  that  manufacture  and market
calendars, planners, personal organizers, appointment books, diaries and related
products  through retail,  mail order and other direct sales  channels.  In this
market,  several  competitors  have  widespread  name  recognition.  The Company
believes its principal competitors include DayTimer, At-A-Glance and Day Runner.
Franklin  Covey also competes,  to a lesser  extent,  with companies that market


                                       8
<PAGE>

substitutes for paper-based products,  such as electronic  organizers,  software
PIMs and hand-held  computers.  The Company's Franklin Planner Software competes
directly with numerous other PIMs.  Many of Franklin  Covey's  competitors  have
significant marketing,  product development,  financial and other resources.  An
emerging  potential  source of  competition  is the  appearance of calendars and
event-planning  services  available  at  no  charge  on  the  Web.  There  is no
indication that the current level of features has proven to be attractive to the
traditional  planner  customer as a stand-alone  service,  but as these products
evolve and improve,  they are likely to pose a competitive  threat. In response,
Franklin  Covey  intends to combine  online  planning  services with 3Com's Palm
Computing  organizers,  Software  and paper  planners to provide a  competitive,
complete planning solution to its clients.

         Given the relative ease of entry in Franklin  Covey's product  markets,
the number of competitors could increase, many of whom may imitate the Company's
methods of  distribution,  products and seminars,  or offer similar products and
seminars at lower prices. Some of these companies may have greater financial and
other  resources  than the Company.  Franklin  Covey  believes that the Franklin
Planner and related  products  compete  primarily  on the basis of user  appeal,
client loyalty,  design,  product breadth,  quality,  price,  functionality  and
client  service.  Franklin  Covey also  believes  that the Franklin  Planner has
obtained market acceptance primarily as a result of the concepts embodied in its
Franklin  Planner,  the  high  quality  of  materials,  innovative  design,  the
Company's  attention to client service,  and the strong loyalty and referrals of
its existing  clients.  Franklin Covey believes that its integration of training
services with products has become a competitive advantage.  Moreover, management
believes  that the Company is a market leader in the United States among a small
number  of  integrated  providers  of time  management  products  and  services.
Increased  competition from existing and future competitors could, however, have
a materially adverse effect on the Company's sales and profitability.

MANUFACTURING AND DISTRIBUTION

         The manufacturing and distribution operations of Franklin Covey consist
primarily  of  printing,  collating,  assembling,   packaging,  warehousing  and
shipping components used in connection with the Franklin Covey product line.

         Franklin  Covey  operates its central  manufacturing  and  distribution
services out of Salt Lake City. At that location,  the Company prints,  packages
and  distributes its products to its worldwide  customers.  By operating in this
fashion,  Franklin  Covey  has  gained  greater  control  of  production  costs,
schedules and quality  control of printed  materials.  This has also allowed the
Company to develop partner printers,  both domestic and  international,  who can
meet the Company's quality standards, thereby facilitating efficient delivery of
product in a global  market.  The Company  believes  this has  positioned it for
greater  flexibility and growth  capacity.  Automated  production,  assembly and
material  handling  equipment  is used in the  manufacturing  process  to insure
consistent  quality of  production  materials  and to control costs and maintain
efficiencies.

         Binders used for  Franklin  Covey's  products are produced  from either
leather,  simulated  leather,  tapestry or vinyl  materials.  These  binders are
produced by multiple and alternative product suppliers.  Franklin Covey believes
it enjoys good  relations with its suppliers and vendors and does not anticipate
any  difficulty  in obtaining the required  binders and materials  needed in its
business.  The  Company  has  implemented  special  procedures  to insure a high
standard of quality for its binders, most of which are manufactured by suppliers
in the United States, Europe, Canada, Korea, Mexico and China.

         Franklin Covey also purchases  numerous  accessories,  including  pens,
books,  videotapes,  calculators and other products,  from various suppliers for
resale to its  clients.  These  items are  manufactured  by a variety of outside
contractors  located  in the United  States and  abroad.  The  Company  does not
believe  that  it is  dependent  on any one or  more  of  such  contractors  and
considers its relationships with such suppliers to be good.




                                       9
<PAGE>





TRADEMARKS, COPYRIGHTS AND INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

         Franklin  Covey seeks to protect its  intellectual  property  through a
combination  of  trademarks,  copyrights  and  confidentiality  agreements.  The
Company  claims  rights for more 120  trademarks  in the  United  States and has
obtained  registration in the United States and many foreign  countries for many
of its trademarks,  including  Franklin Covey,  The 7 Habits of Highly Effective
People,  Principle-Centered  Leadership,  What Matters Most,  Franklin  Planner,
Writing Advantage, and The Seven Habits. Franklin Covey considers its trademarks
and other proprietary rights to be important and material to its business.  Each
of the marks set forth in italics above is a registered mark or a mark for which
protection is claimed.

         Franklin  Covey owns all  copyrights on its planners,  books,  manuals,
text and other  printed  information  provided  in its  training  seminars,  the
programs  contained  within  Franklin  Planner  Software  and its  instructional
materials,  and its software and electronic products,  including audio tapes and
video tapes. Franklin Covey licenses rather than sells all facilitator workbooks
and other seminar and training  materials in order to limit its distribution and
use. Franklin Covey places trademark and copyright notices on its instructional,
marketing and advertising materials. In order to maintain the proprietary nature
of its product information,  Franklin Covey enters into written  confidentiality
agreements with certain  executives,  product developers,  sales  professionals,
training  consultants,  other employees and licensees.  Although  Franklin Covey
believes its  protective  measures  with respect to its  proprietary  rights are
important, there can be no assurance that such measures will provide significant
protection from competitors.

EMPLOYEES

         As of August 31,  1999,  Franklin  Covey had 4,165  full and  part-time
associates,  including 1,230 in sales, marketing and training; 1,530 in customer
service and retail;  930 in production  operations and distribution;  and 475 in
administration  and support  staff.  None of  Franklin  Covey's  associates  are
represented by a union or other collective bargaining group. Management believes
that its  relations  with its  associates  are  good.  Franklin  Covey  does not
currently  foresee a shortage  in  qualified  personnel  needed to  operate  the
Company's business.






                                       10
<PAGE>

Item 2. PROPERTIES

          Franklin Covey's principal  business  operations and executive offices
are located in Salt Lake City,  Utah and Provo,  Utah.  The Company's  Salt Lake
City facilities currently consist of seven buildings with approximately  860,000
available  square  feet,  including   approximately   551,000  square  feet  for
manufacturing,  distribution and warehousing,  and approximately  309,000 square
feet for  administration.  All of Franklin Covey's Salt Lake City facilities are
owned by the Company,  subject to mortgages of approximately  $3.3 million as of
August 31, 1999. The Company's Provo, Utah operations  consist of four buildings
located within a fifteen-mile area.  Franklin Covey occupies all or a portion of
each of these buildings, with total leased space of approximately 173,000 square
feet as of August 31, 1999.  Lease  contracts on the Provo  buildings  terminate
intermittently  through the year 2009. As part of its  restructuring  plan,  the
Company  plans  to  formally  exit  two of  the  Provo  buildings,  representing
approximately  119,000  square feet of office  space,  during  fiscal  2000.  In
connection  with the  restructuring  plan,  the Company  will move its sales and
marketing  functions  for the training  and  education  business  from its Provo
facilities to eight leased regional sales offices located in New York,  Chicago,
Los Angeles, San Francisco,  Columbus, Dallas, Atlanta and Washington,  D.C. The
regional  offices are expected to become fully  operational  during fiscal 2000.
Remaining business functions  previously located in the two Provo buildings will
be moved to the Company's Salt Lake City headquarters. The Company estimates the
cost to exit the Provo  buildings to be $4.6 million and has charged this amount
to current operations during the fourth quarter of fiscal 1999.

          Franklin Covey also operates 125 retail stores  currently under lease,
with remaining terms of up to seven years;  some of these leases include rentals
based on a percentage of sales.

          In  addition,  the  Company  maintains  sales,  administrative  and/or
warehouse  facilities  in or near  Salt Lake  City;  Phoenix;  Atlanta;  Dallas;
Washington,  D.C.;  and  Bellingham,  Washington.  The Company  also has foreign
offices and facilities located in Tokyo, London, Brussels,  Toronto,  Vancouver,
Montreal,  Brisbane,  Mexico City, Monterrey and Auckland all under leases which
expire  intermittently  through the year 2006.  Franklin Covey's  facilities are
used  exclusively  by Franklin  Covey and its  divisions  and are believed to be
adequate and suitable for its current needs.


Item 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

         The Company is not a party to, nor is any of its  property  subject to,
any material pending legal  proceedings,  nor are any such proceedings  known to
the Company to be contemplated.


Item 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

         No matters  were  submitted  to a vote of security  holders  during the
fourth quarter of the year ended August 31, 1999.




                                       11
<PAGE>




                                       PART II


Item 5.  MARKET FOR THE  REGISTRANT'S  COMMON STOCK AND RELATED  SHAREHOLDER
         MATTERS

         The  Company's  common stock is listed and traded on the New York Stock
Exchange ("NYSE") under the symbol "FC." The following table sets forth, for the
periods indicated,  the high and low sale prices for the Company's common stock,
as reported on the NYSE  Composite  Tape,  for the fiscal years ended August 31,
1999 and 1998, respectively.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       High           Low
                                                                    ------------  ------------
         Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 1999:
<S>                                                                 <C>           <C>
                 Fourth Quarter................................     $  7 13/16    $   7 11/16
                 Third Quarter.................................        9 13/16        9 9/16
                 Second Quarter................................       12 15/16       11 7/8
                 First Quarter.................................       18 3/4         18 3/8

         Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 1998:
                 Fourth Quarter................................     $ 21 1/8      $  18 9/16
                 Third Quarter.................................       25 3/4         19 1/4
                 Second Quarter................................       24 11/16       20 3/4
                 First Quarter.................................       28 1/8         21 1/8
</TABLE>

         The Company did not pay or declare dividends on its common stock during
the  fiscal  years  ended  August  31,  1998 and  1999.  The  Company  currently
anticipates that it will retain all available funds to finance its future growth
and  business  expansion.  The  Company  does not  presently  intend to pay cash
dividendson its common stock in the foreseeable future.

          During  fiscal 1999,  the Company  issued  750,000  shares of Series A
Preferred Stock (the "Preferred Stock") for $75.0 million in cash. The Preferred
Stock  dividends  accrue at an annual rate of 10% and are payable  quarterly  in
cash or additional  shares of Preferred  Stock until July 1, 2002.  Accordingly,
the Company  accrued $1.9 million in Preferred  Stock  divdends as of August 31,
1999 which were subsequently paid with additional shares of Preferred Stock.

          As of November  1, 1999,  the  Company  had  20,533,224  shares of its
common stock outstanding, held by approximately 360 shareholders of record.


Item 6.   SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA


FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

August 31,                                    1999             1998            1997            1996            1995
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In thousands, except per share data

INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
<S>                                         <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>              <C>
Sales                                       $554,923        $546,612        $433,272        $332,006         $277,122
Net (Loss) Income                             (8,772)         40,058          38,865          34,239           38,746
Preferred Stock Dividends                      1,875
Diluted Earnings Per Share                     (0.51)           1.62            1.76            1.53             1.71


BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Total Assets                                $623,303        $597,277        $572,187        $268,445         $263,305
Current Liabilities                          203,508          93,353          86,903          28,677           32,155
Long-Term Obligations                          6,543         126,413          94,144           5,500            4,521
Shareholders' Equity                         378,434         341,654         355,405         231,835          224,342
</TABLE>



                                       12
<PAGE>

Item 7.   MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


OVERVIEW

          Franklin Covey Co. (the "Company")  provides  integrated  learning and
performance  solutions to organizations and individuals to increase productivity
and improve skills for leadership,  sales,  communication  and other areas. Each
solution set includes capabilities in training,  consulting and assessment,  and
various  application  tools  that are  generally  available  in  paper-based  or
electronic  formats.  The Company's  products and services are available through
professional consulting services, public workshops,  catalogs, retail stores and
the Internet at www.franklincovey.com. The Company's best known products include
the Franklin Planner and the best-selling book, The 7 Habits of Highly Effective
People.

          During the first  quarter of fiscal  1999,  the  Company  aligned  its
operations into the following three Strategic Business Units ("SBUs"):

       o   Consumer Products
       o   Training and Education
       o   International

Although  the  Company  is  currently  in  the  process  of  restructuring   its
operations,  the above SBUs represent the primary  management  measurement  tool
until the new  reporting  structure is completed and  implemented.  The Consumer
Products SBU is responsible for  distribution of the Company's  products through
its retail stores, catalog sales, mass markets, contract stationers,  government
channels,  wholesale  channel and the Internet.  The Training and Education SBU,
which  includes  Premier  Agendas and  Personal  Coaching,  is  responsible  for
training,  consulting and implementation  services,  and delivery of products to
corporations,   business,   government   and   educational   institutions.   The
International  SBU is responsible for the delivery of both products and services
outside the United  States.  Other revenue  primarily  consists of the Company's
commercial printing operations and the National Institute of Fitness,  which was
sold during  fiscal  1998.  In  addition,  corporate  functions,  which  consist
primarily  of  essential  internal  support  services  such as  finance,  legal,
information systems and manufacturing and distribution,  were aligned to support
the operational SBUs.

          Subsequent to August 31, 1999, the Company  acquired the assets of the
Professional  Resources Organization (the Jack Phillips Group) for $1.5 million.
The Professional Resources Organization is a leading measurement assessment firm
specializing  in measuring  the impact and return on  investment of training and
consulting programs.

          In January 1999, the Company acquired the assets of Khalsa  Associates
for $2.7 million. Khalsa Associates is a leading sales training company.

          Effective  April 1, 1998, the Company  acquired King Bear, Inc. ("King
Bear"),  a Tokyo,  Japan based  company.  King Bear,  a former  Covey  licensee,
provides leadership and time management training as well as publishing services.
The publishing  division of King Bear  translated and currently  publishes The 7
Habits of Highly Effective People in Japanese.  The cash purchase price was $5.3
million with additional  contingent  payments to be made over the following five
years based upon the  operating  results of King Bear over that same period.  No
contingent payments have been paid or accrued based upon King Bear's fiscal 1999
operating results.

          During  fiscal 1997,  Franklin  Quest Co. merged (the  "Merger")  with
Covey Leadership  Center ("Covey") to form Franklin Covey Co. In connection with


                                       13
<PAGE>

the Merger,  the Company issued 5,030,894 shares of its common stock,  valued at
$22.16 per share,  in  exchange  for all of the issued and  outstanding  capital
stock of Covey.  All  outstanding  options to purchase  Covey  common stock were
converted  into  382,100  options  to  purchase  the  Company's   common  stock,
exerciseable at $5.97 per share. In addition,  the Company also acquired certain
license rights for $27.0 million in cash.

          On March 1, 1997,  the Company  acquired  Premier  Agendas,  Inc., and
Premier School Agendas, Ltd., located in Bellingham, Washington, and Abbotsford,
British Columbia,  respectively (collectively,  "Premier"). Premier manufactures
and markets  academic and personal  planners for students from  kindergarten  to
college throughout the United States and Canada.  Premier's business is seasonal
in nature and  nearly all of its  revenue  is  recognized  during the  Company's
fourth fiscal  quarter.  The combined cash purchase price was $23.2 million with
additional  contingent payments to be paid over the following three years, based
upon Premier's  operating  performance over that same time period.  As of August
31, 1999,  the Company has made aggregate  contingent  payments of $21.5 million
and has  accrued an  additional  $10.9  million at August 31, 1999 for the final
contingent payment.

          Effective  October 1, 1996,  the  Company  acquired  the net assets of
TrueNorth  Corporation   ("Personal   Coaching").   Personal  Coaching,  a  Utah
Corporation,   is  a  provider  of   post-instructional   personal  coaching  to
corporations and individuals. Personal Coaching develops and delivers one-on-one
personalized  coaching  which is  designed  to  augment  the  effectiveness  and
duration  of training  curricula.  The  purchase  price was $10.0  million  with
additional  contingent  payments to be paid over the following five years, based
on the  operating  results of  Personal  Coaching.  As of August 31,  1999,  the
Company has made aggregate  contingent  payments of $5.3 million and has accrued
an additional $5.0 million at August 31, 1999 for the third contingent payment.


RESTRUCTURING

          During  the fourth  quarter of fiscal  1999,  the  Company's  Board of
Directors  approved a plan to restructure the Company's  operations,  reduce its
workforce  and formally  exit the majority of its leased office space located in
Provo,  Utah.  These  changes  are  intended  to align the  Company's  products,
services and channels in a manner that  focuses  Company  resources on providing
integrated   learning  and  performance   solutions  to  both   individuals  and
organizations.  The restructure is also intended to lay strategic,  operational,
organizational  and financial  foundations for profitable  growth. In connection
with the restructuring plan, the Company recorded a fourth quarter restructuring
charge of $16.3 million,  which is included in the Company's statement of income
for the fiscal year ended August 31, 1999. Included in the restructuring  charge
are costs to provide severance and related benefits as well as costs to formally
exit  the  leased  office  space.  The  Company  anticipates  completion  of the
restructuring  plan by the end of fiscal 2000 and may incur additional  expenses
to complete the plan.

          As part of the  restructuring,  the Company will provide severance and
related benefits to employees affected by the changes. The cost to provide these
benefits  under the  restructuring  plan is  estimated  to be $11.7  million and
covers a  reduction  of  approximately  600  employees  across  all areas of the
business.  As of August 31, 1999,  115 employees had left the Company as part of
the  reduction  plan.  Subsequent to August 31, 1999, an additional 61 employees
have left the Company in connection with this plan.

          Also included in the  restructuring  provision is a charge to exit the
majority of the Company's  leased office space in Provo,  Utah. These facilities


                                       14
<PAGE>

currently  contain sales,  marketing and other functions  primarily aligned with
the Training and Education SBU. Before exiting the lease,  sales and other sales
support  functions located in Provo will be moved to regional offices located in
New York, Chicago, Los Angeles,  San Francisco,  Columbus,  Dallas,  Atlanta and
Washington,  D.C.  Remaining business and support functions will be moved to the
Company's  corporate  headquarters  located in Salt Lake City, Utah. The Company
anticipates  the  costs to exit the  facilities  and  sublease  the  space to be
approximately $4.6 million.


YEAR 2000 ISSUES

          The Company has been  actively  engaged in  assessing  and  correcting
potential year 2000 ("Y2K")  information system concerns throughout fiscal 1999.
During  fiscal  1997,  the  Company  initiated  a  business   reengineering  and
information  system  implementation  project (the "Project") that affects nearly
every aspect of the Company's operations. In an effort to address Y2K compliance
issues, the scope of the Project was expanded to ensure Y2K compliance for newly
acquired  software and hardware as well as test existing systems for compliance.
From this  process,  a team  representing  different  areas of the  Company  was
assembled to specifically  work toward timely Y2K  compliance.  As of August 31,
1999, the Company's progress toward completion of Y2K remediation projects is as
follows:

State of Readiness

          The Project has three significant  phases that are designed to improve
both operating processes and information systems  capabilities.  The first phase
of the Project  included  hardware  and  software  for the  Company's  financial
reporting and manufacturing  operations and was made operational in August 1998.
Phase  two  focused  on  payroll  and human  resource  applications  and  became
operational  in January  1999.  Phase  three  addresses  the "Order to  Collect"
systems and is expected to be completed in various  stages through the year 2000
with critical applications to be made Y2K compliant before the end of 1999.

          Within  the  framework  of this  Project,  the  Company's  information
systems fall into four general  categories:  (i)  Financial,  (ii) Supply Chain,
(iii) Order to Collect,  and (iv) Office Support.  The Financial system includes
the general ledger,  accounts payable,  sales and use tax calculations,  payroll
and human resources applications.  Phase one of the Project provided systems and
hardware  that are Y2K compliant for the general  ledger,  accounts  payable and
sales and use tax  calculations.  Payroll and human  resource  systems  were the
subject of phase two, which was made  operational  with  compliant  hardware and
software in January  1999.  The Supply Chain system  includes  applications  for
production  planning,  purchasing  and  product  management.  During  the fourth
quarter of fiscal 1999,  the Company  completed  upgrading  Supply Chain systems
with the  implementation  of a new  inventory  management  system.  Supply Chain
systems  were  elements of phases one and three and have been  certified  by the
hardware and software  manufacturers  as Y2K compliant.  The Company's  Order to
Collect  system  includes   legacy   applications   for  order  entry,   seminar
registration,  retail sales,  order fulfillment,  order shipping,  invoicing and
collections.  These  systems  will be affected by phase three of the Project and
completion  is expected  in various  stages  through  the year 2000.  The Office
Support system includes network hardware and operating systems, servers, desktop
and laptop computers and includes applications not specifically addressed by the
Project.

          In order to correct possible Y2K problems, the Company has developed a
plan to  assess  potential  Y2K  problems,  prioritize  identified  problems  as
critical or  non-critical,  test  compliance  of critical  systems and implement
solutions for all critical  systems.  To ensure Y2K readiness,  all  significant


                                       15
<PAGE>

Company systems, including completed Project modules, were subject to assessment
and testing.  The Company has completed its assessment of office support systems
and applications  that could have a significant  impact on the Company's ability
to sell and deliver its products and  services.  Following the  assessment,  all
problems were prioritized in order to mitigate  problems with  business-critical
systems.  This  includes  network  hardware and operating  systems,  servers and
desktop and laptop  computers.  The Company's office support systems  compliance
analysis is also completed.  The operating systems,  server hardware and desktop
computers are tested and are Y2K compliant.  The  networking  environment is 90%
completed  with  the  remaining  10%  representing  architectural  changes  that
eliminate software and hardware that will not be made compliant by the vendor or
are deemed  unnecessary by changing  technology.  The  completion  date for this
phase of testing is expected to be November 30, 1999.

          The Company's  support system  applications  include two categories of
products.   The  first  category  represents  purchased,   or  "off  the  shelf"
applications.  The second category represents  applications developed inside the
company.  Certifications  of  compliance  for purchased  applications  have been
obtained from the various  software  vendors.  The Company is confident that all
necessary updates have been made based on vendor instructions and at this point,
the Company is reliant on the latest  compliance  information  gathered from its
vendors. The Company is currently monitoring its software vendors for changes to
their Y2K compliance statements.  Applications developed in-house have also been
reviewed.  Code analysis and process tests will  continue  through  December 31,
1999. The Company is confident,  based on current analysis and test results that
it will not be adversely  affected by Y2K related  problems.  In  addition,  the
Company's electronic data interface ("EDI") system has been replaced, tested and
certified as Y2K compliant.

          The Company is  currently  testing  interfaces  between  processes  of
critical  systems  in a  specially  developed  test  environment  that  does not
compromise   current   operations.   Cross-functional   processes   include  the
interaction  of the  Company's  Financial,  Supply Chain,  Order-to-Collect  and
Office Support  systems.  The Company expects that all critical  systems will be
tested and certified as Y2K compliant prior to December 31, 1999.

          The Company's telecommunications  department has completed all testing
and analysis of equipment and services.  Telecommunication  vendor certification
has also been  completed.  The  telecommunication  systems support the Company's
call center and business voice systems,  as well as data services connecting the
Company to outside services including Internet and point-to-point connections.

Cost to Address Y2K Issues

          As of August 31,  1999,  the Company  has  acquired  $10.0  million of
hardware  and  $13.7  million  of  software  in  connection  with  the  Project.
Consultants were also engaged to implement software modules and improve business
processes, but not necessarily to provide specific Y2K remediation services. The
Company  does not expect to spend  further  material  amounts  for direct  costs
related to the assessment and correction of potential Y2K issues.

Risk of the Company's Y2K Issues

          The  primary  Y2K risk to the  Company is from  external  vendors  and
service  providers.  As part of its  assessment  of Y2K issues,  the Company has
gathered  information  from its suppliers and other external  vendors  regarding
their  Y2K  compliance  status.  Based  upon  information  received,   the  most
significant   risk  to  the  Company   appears  to  be  from  certain   critical
international  suppliers  that,  despite their best efforts,  may be affected by
utility outages and may not be able to meet delivery deadlines.  The Company has


                                       16
<PAGE>

obtained  Y2K  compliance  information  from its two  largest  shipping  service
providers  and does not believe that Y2K issues will  adversely  affect  product
shipments.  Based upon inquiry  responses,  the Company does not  anticipate any
significant   problems  from  its  utility,   telephone  and  financial  service
providers.  Although the Company is not aware of any other external  risks,  the
Company has no means of ensuring that all external vendors and service providers
will be Y2K  compliant.  The  inability of certain  external  vendors or service
providers to complete  their Y2K  remediation  efforts in a timely  manner could
materially  affect the  operations  of the Company.  However,  the effect of Y2K
non-compliance by external vendors is not readily determinable.

          The Company has also  assessed Y2K  compliance  issues  related to its
products  available  for sale and does not believe  that Y2K presents a material
exposure to the Company related to its products.

Contingency Plans

          The Company is finalizing contingency plans and testing manual process
scenarios for the critical  functions  within the business units.  The plans are
expected to be complete prior to December 31, 1999.

          The Company's plan to complete Y2K  remediation  efforts is based upon
management's best estimates, which are subject to numerous assumptions regarding
future  events,  including  the  availability  of  certain  resources  and other
circumstances  beyond the control of management.  Estimated completion dates and
total costs are based upon current  levels of activity  and specific  efforts to
correct potential Y2K problems.  However,  there can be no guarantee that stated
estimates can be achieved and actual results may differ  materially from current
expectations.  Specific factors that may result in material differences include,
but are not limited to, availability of critical  application  corrections,  the
availability of required hardware and other similar uncertainties.


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

          The following table sets forth consolidated  income statement data and
other selected operating data expressed as percentages of total sales:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

YEAR ENDED
AUGUST 31,                      1999         1998       1997
- --------------------------- ------------ ---------- ----------
<S>                            <C>          <C>        <C>
Sales                          100.0%       100.0%     100.0%
Cost of sales                   43.8         39.1       40.5
                            ------------ ---------- ----------
Gross margin                    56.2         60.9       59.5
                            ------------ ---------- ----------
Operating expenses:
Selling, general and
   administrative               42.4         40.5       37.9
Depreciation and
   amortization                  7.1          6.1        4.8
Merger related expenses                                  1.3
Restructuring costs              2.9
Loss on impaired  assets         3.0
                            ------------ ---------- ----------
Total operating expenses        55.4         46.6       44.0
                            ------------ ---------- ----------
Income from operations           0.8         14.3       15.5
                            ------------ ---------- ----------
Interest income                  0.2          0.4        0.3
Interest expense                (1.8)        (1.5)      (0.5)
                            ------------ ---------- ----------
Net interest expense            (1.6)        (1.1)      (0.2)
                            ------------ ---------- ----------
(Loss) income before
   provision for income
   taxes and change in
   accounting principle         (0.8)        13.2       15.3
Provision for income
   taxes                        (0.8)         5.5        6.3
                            ------------ ---------- ----------
(Loss) income before
   change in accounting
   principle                    (1.6)         7.7        9.0
Cumulative effect of
   change in accounting
   principle, net of tax                     (0.4)
                            ------------ ---------- ----------
Net (loss) income               (1.6)         7.3        9.0
Preferred dividends             (0.3)
                            ------------ ---------- ----------
(Loss) income
   available to common
   shareholders                  (1.9)%        7.3%       9.0%
                            ------------ ---------- ----------

                                       17
<PAGE>

Sales Data:
Consumer Products               47.6%        47.4%      51.5%
Training and Education          38.0         37.9       35.7
International                    9.1          8.2        5.5
Other                            5.3          6.5        7.3

</TABLE>

FISCAL 1999 COMPARED WITH FISCAL 1998

Sales

The Company's sales, by reportable segment, were as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31,
- ------------------------- ----------- ------------ -----------
                                1999         1998        1997
- ------------------------- ----------- ------------ -----------
<S>                        <C>         <C>          <C>
Consumer Products          $ 264,333   $ 258,973    $ 223,135
Training and Education       210,621     207,015      154,595
International                 50,535      45,068       23,927
Other                         29,434      35,556       31,615
                          ----------- ------------ -----------
                           $ 554,923   $ 546,612    $ 433,272
                          ----------- ------------ -----------
</TABLE>

          Consumer Products sales increased $5.4 million, or 2%, compared to the
prior year. Sales increases from the Company's retail stores, contract stationer
channels,  and  the  Internet  were  offset  by  decreased  sales  from  catalog
operations and  government  products.  Retail store sales  increased due to five
additional  stores and a 2% increase in  comparable  store sales.  At August 31,
1999,  the Company was  operating  125 retail  stores  compared to 120 stores at
August 31, 1998.  Comparable  store sales growth was primarily  attributable  to
increased sales of technology-related products such as the Palm V(TM) by 3Com(R)
bundled with the Company's  new Franklin  Planner(TM)  software,  as well as the
introduction of limited edition  planners such as the Hallmark(R) and Shoebox(R)
planners.  The Company also had increased sales from contract stationer channels
due to increased  demand from new marketing and distribution  agreements.  Sales
from the Internet  channel  have  increased  due to general  changes in consumer
buying  habits and ongoing  enhancements  to the Company's  electronic  commerce
infrastructure.  Increased  sales from these channels were  partially  offset by
decreased  sales from the government  products  group and the Company's  catalog
operations.  Product  sales to the U.S.  government  continued  to be  adversely
affected by changes in the government procurement process. Sales growth in other
distribution  channels,  including  retail stores,  contract  stationers and the
Internet,  continue to have an adverse affect on catalog sales.  Price increases
did not have a material effect on sales growth between the periods.

          Training  and  Education  sales  increased  by  $3.6  million,  or 2%,
compared to the prior year. Sales increases from Premier,  Personal Coaching and
direct  product  channels  were  partially  offset  by sales  decreases  in core
training  programs and a decline in book royalties.  Premier continues to expand
its share of the school  agenda  market and  recognized a 22% increase in sales,
primarily  from new  customers.  New business in both Personal  Coaching and the
direct-products  channel  resulted in increased sales during fiscal 1999.  These
increases in training and  education  sales were  partially  offset by decreased
sales in core training sales,  primarily from  corporate/on-site and facilitated
programs for leadership training. In response to disappointing sales performance
in core training  programs,  the Company is relocating  its sales force to eight
regional sales offices.  These sales offices are designed to bring customers and
the sales force closer together to achieve deeper market penetration and growth.
The field offices are expected to become fully  operational  during fiscal 2000.
In connection  with the move to regional  sales offices and other  restructuring
activities,  the Company  anticipates that training program sales performance in
fiscal 2000 may be  adversely  affected.  The Company  anticipates  the benefits
associated with the  restructuring  of its sales force to favorably impact sales
performance beginning in late fiscal 2000. In addition, book royalties decreased
due to the decline in royalties  received from The 7 Habits of Highly  Effective
Families book that was released in fiscal 1998.

          International sales increased by $5.5 million, or 12%, compared to the
prior year.  The  increase  was  primarily  due to the  acquisition  of a former


                                       18
<PAGE>

licensee in Japan,  which  occurred  during the fourth  quarter of fiscal  1998.
Partially offsetting this increase were decreased sales in Canada and the Middle
East. The Company's  Canadian  operations were adversely affected as a result of
labor  disputes at one of its largest  clients.  Also during  fiscal  1999,  the
Company  converted its Middle Eastern  direct office into a licensee  operation.
Although this conversion  reduced expenses and certain other business risks, the
Company only receives licensee  royalties on qualifying sales.  Other geographic
regions recorded nominal sales fluctuations compared to the prior year.

          Other  sales,  which  consist  of the  Company's  commercial  printing
services and fitness training sales, decreased $6.1 million, or 17%, compared to
the prior year.  The decrease was due to the sale of the Company's  Institute of
Fitness, which recognized sales of $6.8 million during fiscal 1998, but was sold
during the fourth  quarter  of fiscal  1998.  The  decrease  resulting  from the
Institute of Fitness sale was partially offset by increased  commercial printing
sales at Publishers' Press.

Gross Margin

          Gross  margin  consists  of sales  less cost of  sales.  Cost of sales
includes  materials  used in the  production  of planners and related  products,
assembly and  manufacturing  labor costs,  commissions of training  consultants,
direct costs of conducting  seminars,  freight and certain other overhead costs.
Gross margin may be affected by, among other things, prices of materials,  labor
rates, product mix, changes in product discount levels,  production  efficiency,
training  consultant  commissions  and freight costs.  Gross margin was 56.2% of
sales for fiscal 1999,  compared to 60.9% in the prior year. The Company's gross
margin was  adversely  affected  during  fiscal  1999 by  inventory  write-offs,
changes in product mix,  channel  pricing,  decreased  core training  volume and
declining book royalties.  The Company's product mix continues to be affected by
an overall decrease in high-margin planner sales and an increase in lower-margin
technology-related  product sales.  Increased sales from the contract  stationer
channel also  adversely  affected  gross margin due to contracted  pricing terms
that have resulted in higher unit sales  volume,  but at reduced  margins.  Core
training  programs  offered by the Company have gross margins that are generally
higher than the Company's  gross margin on product  sales.  Continued  declining
sales of these higher-margin programs resulted in a lower total gross margin for
the Company during fiscal 1999.  Additionally,  book  royalties  received in the
prior  year  reflect  the impact of The 7 Habits of Highly  Effective  Families,
which was released in fiscal 1998 and had declining  sales during the year, thus
directly impacting the Company's gross margin in fiscal 1999.

Operating Expenses

          Selling,  general and administrative ("SG&A") expenses increased $13.7
million,  to 42.4% of sales,  compared to 40.5% in the prior year.  The increase
was primarily due to the development of electronic-based products and electronic
commerce channels,  increased promotional spending during the fourth quarter and
the  acquisition of King Bear. In addition,  SG&A expenses  increased due to the
opening of five new stores  during  fiscal  1999.  During the year,  the Company
invested heavily to develop and market new  electronic-based  products,  such as
the  Franklin  Planner  for  Microsoft  OutlookTM.  The  Company  has also spent
significant  amounts to improve its electronic  commerce  infrastructure to meet
changing  consumer  preferences  and  has  committed  significant  resources  to
development  of its Internet web site and other  on-line  products and services.
During the fourth  quarter,  the Company  increased  its  promotional  spending,
primarily for catalogs and direct mailings,  to advertise new products,  such as
the Millennium edition of the Franklin Planner,  and to improve training program
sales  performance.  Increased  SG&A  expenses  can  also be  attributed  to the


                                       19
<PAGE>

acquisition  of King Bear  during  fiscal  1998,  which  added  $5.9  million of
incremental  expenses to fiscal 1999.  These increases were partially  offset by
the sale of the  Institute  of  Fitness,  which  recorded  $3.8  million of SG&A
expenses prior to its sale in fiscal 1998.

          Depreciation  charges  increased  by $3.5  million over the prior year
primarily  due to new computer  software and hardware  purchased in  conjunction
with the Project  and the  addition of  leasehold  improvements  for new stores.
Equipment and software  purchased in connection with the Project are depreciated
over  estimated  useful  lives  of  three to five  years.  Amortization  charges
increased by $3.0 million due to  amortization  of contingent  earnout  payments
made during the second  quarter of fiscal 1999 and the  amortization  of certain
Project costs.

Restructuring Costs

          During the fourth  quarter of fiscal  1999,  the  Company  initiated a
restructuring plan designed to restructure the Company's operations,  reduce its
workforce  and formally  exit the majority of its leased office space located in
Provo,  Utah. As part of the  restructuring  plan, the Company intends to reduce
its workforce from 4,200 employees to approximately 3,600 employees. The cost to
provide  severance and related benefits is estimated to be $11.7 million.  As of
October  31,  1999,   176  employees  had  left  the  Company  as  part  of  the
restructuring plan. Also included in the restructuring  provision is a charge to
exit certain  leased office space in Provo,  Utah.  These  facilities  currently
accommodate  sales,  marketing and other  functions  primarily  aligned with the
Training  and  Education  SBU.  The  Company  anticipates  the costs to exit the
facilities and sublease the space to be $4.6 million.  The restructuring plan is
expected to be completed by the end of fiscal 2000 and other restructuring costs
may be incurred in order to complete the plan.

Loss on Impaired Assets

          At each balance sheet date,  the Company  reviews its goodwill,  other
intangible  assets and other  long-term  assets to determine  whether  events or
circumstances may have occurred which indicate possible  impairment.  As part of
the  restructuring  plan  initiated  during the fourth  quarter,  all  programs,
products and curriculum  were  evaluated to determine  their future value in the
restructured Company. As a result of this evaluation, certain products, services
and curricula were discontinued. Other intangible and long-term assets were also
reviewed for future  value using  undiscounted  cash flows or other  appropriate
valuation methodologies. Based upon the results of its most recent analysis, the
Company  recognized a $16.6 million loss on impaired  long-lived  assets for the
year ended August 31, 1999.

Interest Expense

          Interest  expense  increased $1.6 million,  primarily due to increased
borrowing on the Company's  long-term line of credit to purchase  treasury stock
during fiscal 1999.

Income Taxes

          During fiscal 1999, the Company  recognized income tax expense of $4.5
million.  Although the Company had a loss before  income taxes of $4.2  million,
non-deductible  goodwill  amortization  from the Merger and other  acquisitions,
foreign  income tax  expense and losses in foreign  countries  resulted in a net
taxable  position  for the year.  The  effect  of  foreign  losses is  primarily
comprised of losses sustained in Japan for which no offsetting tax benefit could
be  recognized  due to uncertain  future  taxable  income to offset such losses.
Based upon anticipated taxable income, the Company expects to incur an effective
tax rate of  approximately  45.1% during  fiscal 2000.  The increase  over prior


                                       20
<PAGE>

years is primarily due to additional  non-deductible goodwill generated from the
final Premier contingent earnout payment.

Preferred Stock Dividends

          During  fiscal 1999,  the Company  issued  750,000  shares of Series A
Preferred Stock (the  "Preferred  Stock") for $75.0 million in cash to a private
investor.  The Preferred Stock dividends accrue at an annual rate of 10% and are
payable  quarterly in cash or additional shares of Preferred Stock until July 1,
2002. Accordingly, the Company accrued $1.9 million in Preferred Stock dividends
as of August 31,  1999.  Subsequent  to August 31,  1999,  the Company  paid the
Preferred  Stock  dividend with the issuance of  additional  shares of Preferred
Stock.


FISCAL 1998 COMPARED WITH FISCAL 1997

Sales

          Total sales for the fiscal year ended August 31, 1998 increased $113.3
million, or 26%, compared to the prior year. The increase in sales was primarily
the result of the Merger, an increase in the number of seminar  participants and
an increase in the number of planners,  agendas and related products sold. Price
increases did not have a material effect on increased sales between the periods

          Consumer  Products sales increased $35.8 million,  or 16%, compared to
the prior  year.  Increased  sales from the  Company's  retail  stores,  catalog
operation and wholesale  channel were partially offset by decreased sales at the
government  products  group  (formerly  Productivity  Plus).  Retail store sales
increased  $17.1  million  over the prior year,  primarily as a result of 10 new
stores that were opened during fiscal 1998. In addition,  comparable store sales
increased  3.0%  compared  to the prior  year.  At the end of fiscal  1998,  the
Company  operated  120 retail  stores.  Catalog  sales  increased  $9.7  million
compared to the prior year due to the Merger and new  customers.  The  Company's
wholesale  channel  recognized  increased  sales  due  to  the  addition  of new
marketing  agreements.  Product  sales to the U.S.  government  decreased due to
changes in the government's procurement process.

          Training and  Education  sales  increased  $52.4  million,  or 34%, as
compared  to  the  prior  year.  The  increase  was  primarily  attributable  to
additional  training  program sales related to the Merger.  In addition,  school
agenda sales through Premier  increased $10.3 million compared to the prior year
due to  increased  unit  sales in the U.S.  Sales  from  the  Personal  Coaching
division  also  increased  compared  to the  prior  year  due to new  customers.
Partially  offsetting these increases were decreased sales through the Company's
direct products  channel.  The decrease in direct product business was primarily
due to the loss of a large customer in that channel.

          International sales increased $21.1 million, or 88% compared to fiscal
1997.  The  increase  was  primarily  due to the Merger  and the fourth  quarter
acquisition of King Bear, a former Covey licensee, which operates in Japan.

          Other sales increased $3.9 million, or 12%, compared to the prior year
due to increased commercial sales at the Company's printing services subsidiary.

Gross Margin

          Gross  margin  was 60.9%  compared  to 59.5% for the prior  year.  The
increase was  primarily  due to an increase in higher  margin  training  program
sales resulting from the Merger.  Generally,  training sales have a higher gross
margin than product sales, and during fiscal 1998, training program sales, which
represent a  significant  portion of total  Training  and  Education  SBU sales,
increased compared to the prior year.





                                       21
<PAGE>

Operating Expenses

          Operating   expenses  include  selling,   general  and  administrative
expenses as well as  depreciation  and  amortization  charges  that occur in the
normal  course  of  business.   Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses
increased  to 40.5% of sales  compared to 37.9% of sales  during the prior year.
The increase reflects the higher operating  expenses,  as a percentage of sales,
of Covey,  a full year of Premier  operating  expenses,  the  addition of 10 new
retail stores and additional direct  operations in Japan and Australia.  Premier
has seasonal sales which occur primarily in the Company's fourth fiscal quarter,
but continues to incur selling,  general and administrative  expenses during the
entire year.

          Depreciation expense increased $6.0 million over the prior year due to
purchases of computer hardware and software in connection with the Project,  the
addition of new  printing  presses  and  leasehold  improvements  related to the
opening  of new retail  stores.  Amortization  charges  increased  $6.2  million
compared to the prior year due to the  amortization  of intangibles  acquired in
connection with the Merger and contingent  payments made to Premier and Personal
Coaching during fiscal 1998.

Interest Expense

          Interest  expense  increased  $6.0 million  compared to the prior year
primarily due to increased  debt used to purchase  treasury  stock during fiscal
1998.

Income Taxes

          Income taxes were accrued using an effective  rate of 41.5% for fiscal
1998  compared to 41.4% for the prior year.  The increase  was due  primarily to
additional  non-deductible  goodwill  generated  from  the  Merger  and  certain
acquisitions.

Change in Accounting Principle

          During fiscal 1998, the Emerging Issues Task Force (the "EITF") of the
Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  issued  consensus  ruling  97-13  which
specifies  the  accounting  treatment  of  certain  business  reengineering  and
information technology implementation costs. In connection with the Project, the
Company has capitalized costs in accordance with generally  accepted  accounting
principles. Certain previously capitalized costs of the Project were written off
in accordance  with EITF 97-13 as a cumulative  adjustment  during the Company's
first quarter of fiscal 1998. The  cumulative  amount written off in fiscal 1998
was $2.1 million, net of tax.


QUARTERLY RESULTS

          The  following   tables  set  forth   selected   unaudited   quarterly
consolidated  financial data for the most recent eight  quarters.  The quarterly
consolidated  financial  data  reflects,  in  the  opinion  of  Management,  all
adjustments  necessary  to fairly  present  the results of  operations  for such
periods.  Results of any one or more quarters are not necessarily  indicative of
continuing trends.

Quarterly Financial Information:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31, 1999
- ------------------ ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
                          Q1         Q2         Q3         Q4
- ------------------ ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
In thousands, except per share amounts
<S>                <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>
Sales              $ 140,362   $137,089   $109,267   $168,205
Gross margin          86,431     79,128     58,522     87,710
Restructuring
   costs                                               16,282
Loss on impaired
   assets                                              16,559
Income (loss)
   before
   provision for
   income taxes       18,815     11,305     (7,922)   (26,424)
Net income
   (loss)             10,913      6,557     (4,595)   (21,647)
Preferred
   dividends                                            1,875
Income (loss)
   available to
   common
   shareholders       10,913      6,557     (4,595)   (23,522)

Diluted income
   (loss) per share      .50        .31      (.22)     (1.15)


                                       22
<PAGE>

YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31, 1998
- ------------------ ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
                          Q1         Q2         Q3         Q4
- ------------------ ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
In thousands, except per share amounts

Sales              $ 143,919   $138,564   $107,542   $156,587
Gross margin          87,269     85,068     64,814     95,573
Income before
   provision for
   income taxes       23,267     21,303        803     26,658
Income before
   accounting
   change             13,611     12,462        470     15,595
Cumulative
   effect of
   accounting
   change, net
   of tax             (2,080)
Income
   available to
   common
   hareholders       11,531     12,462        470     15,595

Diluted income
   from continuing
   operations
   per share            .53        .49        .02        .67
Diluted net
   income per share     .45        .49        .02        .67
</TABLE>

          The Company's  quarterly results of operations reflect seasonal trends
that are primarily the result of customers who renew their Franklin  Planners on
a calendar year basis.  Training and  Education  sales are  moderately  seasonal
because of the timing of corporate  training,  which is not typically  scheduled
during  holiday and vacation  periods and the timing of Premier's  sales,  which
occur primarily in the Company's  fourth quarter.  In the Company's  experience,
catalog  sales,  retail store sales and income tend to be lower during the third
quarter of each fiscal year. The seasonal nature of the Company's operations has
historically resulted in higher sales and significantly higher operating margins
during the first, second and fourth quarters,  with declines in sales and income
occurring  during the third  quarter of each fiscal year.  The Company  believes
that the  seasonal  pattern of sales and  earnings  during its fiscal  year will
continue as in the past, exclusive of restructuring and other similar charges.

          During the fourth  quarter of fiscal  1999,  the  Company  initiated a
restructuring  plan that resulted in a $16.3 million  charge to  operations.  In
connection  with the  restructuring  plan and upon  review of certain  goodwill,
intangibles  and other long-term  assets,  the Company also recognized a loss on
impaired assets totaling $16.6 million. Also during the fourth quarter of fiscal
1999, the Company  issued  750,000 shares of Preferred  Stock for $75.0 million.
The Preferred  Stock  dividends  accrue at an annual rate of 10% and are payable
quarterly in cash or additional shares of Preferred Stock until July 1, 2002. At
August  31,  1999 the  Company  had  accrued  $1.9  million of  Preferred  Stock
dividends  which were paid  subsequent  to August 31, 1999 with the  issuance of
additional shares of Preferred Stock.

          Quarterly fluctuations may also be affected by other factors including
the addition of new institutional  customers,  the introduction of new products,
the timing of large institutional orders and the opening of new retail stores.


LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

          Historically,  the Company's  primary sources of capital have been net
cash provided by operating  activities,  long-term  borrowings and proceeds from
the sale of common stock.  Working capital  requirements have also been financed
through  short-term  borrowing and line-of-credit  financing.  During the fourth
quarter of fiscal 1999,  the Company issued 750,000 shares of Series A Preferred
Stock for $75.0  million  in cash to a private  investor.  The  Preferred  Stock
dividends  accrue at an annual rate of 10%,  and are payable  quarterly,  at the
Company's  option,  in additional  shares of Preferred Stock until July 1, 2002.
Subsequent to that date,  all Preferred  Stock  dividends  must be paid in cash.


                                       23
<PAGE>

Accrued  Preferred Stock dividends at August 31, 1999 totaling $1.9 million were
subsequently paid with issuance of additional shares of Preferred Stock.

          Net cash provided by operating activities during fiscal years 1999 and
1998 was $36.0  million and $74.1  million,  respectively.  During  fiscal 1999,
adjustments to net loss included $43.5 million of amortization and depreciation,
$16.6 million for losses on impaired  assets and a net increase of $10.5 million
in deferred tax assets.  The change in deferred  taxes  primarily  represents an
increase in current  deferred tax assets  generated in fiscal 1999.  The primary
uses of cash for  operations  were  increases in inventory of $12.0  million and
increased receivables of $8.9 million. Inventories increased primarily due to an
increase in the number of Franklin Planner  designs,  new binder models in stock
and higher  costs  associated  with  electronic  products.  Accounts  receivable
increased due to increased sales at Premier, which has seasonal sales that occur
primarily  during  the  Company's   fourth  quarter.   In  connection  with  its
restructuring  plan, the Company  recorded a $16.2 million  accrual for expected
costs to reduce the workforce and exit certain leased office space. Cash outlays
for restructuring  costs are expected to occur throughout fiscal 2000. Cash used
to pay income  taxes is the result of  quarterly  payments on  expected  taxable
earnings  that  exceeded  actual  taxable  income for the year.  The increase in
payables and accrued  liabilities  is  primarily  due to the timing of goods and
services received and corresponding payments. During fiscal 1998, adjustments to
net income included $38.6 million of depreciation and amortization  charges. The
Company used $26.5  million to finance an increase in accounts  receivable  from
seasonal  sales by  Premier,  an  increase  in other  assets and a  decrease  in
accounts  payable  and  accrued  liabilities.  A decrease  in  inventory  and an
increase in income taxes payable provided approximately $20.3 million of cash to
operations.

          Net cash used for  investing  activities  during fiscal years 1999 and
1998 was $40.7 million and $43.8 million, respectively.  During fiscal 1999, the
Company paid $14.8 million in  contingent  earnout  payments in connection  with
certain  acquisitions.  An  additional  $4.2 million was spent to acquire  other
businesses  during  the year,  including  Khalsa  Associates,  a sales  training
company. The Company also received $1.3 million in cash from the sale of certain
land and a non-business related building. In fiscal 1998, $11.9 million was paid
as  contingent  payments  related to the  acquisitions  of Premier and  Personal
Coaching,  and $4.9  million  of cash was used to acquire  King  Bear,  a former
licensee  located  in Japan.  During  fiscal  1998,  the  Company  also sold its
Institute  of  Fitness  and  certain  consulting  business  units.  The net cash
received for these  divestitures was $12.1 million.  Funds invested in property,
plant and  equipment  during  fiscal years 1999 and 1998 were $23.0  million and
$39.2  million,   respectively.   Capital  expenditures  during  1999  consisted
primarily of an addition to one of the Company's buildings,  new store leasehold
improvements, computer hardware and software, and other manufacturing equipment.
Fiscal 1998  expenditures  were primarily for new computer hardware and software
in  connection  with the Project,  new store  leasehold  improvements,  printing
presses and other manufacturing equipment.

          The  Company  had net cash  proceeds of $2.4  million  from  financing
activities  for the year ended August 31, 1999.  During fiscal 1999, the Company
used $40.7  million for payments on long-term  debt,  primarily on its long-term
line of  credit.  In  addition,  the  Company  used $32.7  million  to  purchase
2,126,000 shares of its common stock during fiscal 1999. At August 31, 1999, the
Company had  approximately  1,000,000  shares  remaining under Board  authorized
treasury  stock  purchase  plans.  The  primary  source of cash  from  financing
activities  during  fiscal 1999 was the  issuance of 750,000  shares of Series A
Preferred  Stock for $75.0  million.  During fiscal 1998, the Company used $21.6
million of cash for financing activities. Fiscal 1998 financing activity was the
result of $120.0  million  received from the issuance of unsecured  senior notes


                                       24
<PAGE>

and borrowings on the Company's long-term line of credit, combined with payments
of $87.2  million on  long-term  debt  instruments,  and $57.0  million  used to
purchase treasury stock.

          At August 31,  1999,  the Company had  unsecured  bank lines of credit
available for working capital needs totaling $75.0 million.  The Company's lines
of credit  consisted of a $10.0  million  short-term  line of credit and a $65.0
million  long-term  credit  facility.  On August 31, 1999,  the Company had $1.4
million outstanding on the short-term line of credit with interest at the lesser
of the prime  rate less .75% or the LIBOR  rate  plus  1.00%.  No  amounts  were
outstanding  on the  long-term  line of credit at August 31,  1999.  The line of
credit agreement  required the Company to maintain certain  financial ratios and
working  capital  levels.  As a result of  restructuring  charges  and losses on
impaired assets, the Company was not in compliance with certain covenants of the
line of credit agreement at August 31, 1999.  Subsequent to August 31, 1999, the
Company  obtained a new line of credit  agreement  with  existing  lenders  that
maintained  the $10.0  million  short-term  line of  credit  and  increased  the
long-term line of credit to $100.0 million.  The new line of credit requires the
Company to maintain  certain  financial  ratios and  minimum  net worth  levels,
excluding the financial impact of 1999  restructuring  charges.  Interest on the
new line of credit  agreement  is at the  lesser of the prime  rate or the LIBOR
rate plus 1.50%. The new line of credit agreement expires October 1, 2001.

          During  fiscal 1998,  the Company  privately  issued $85.0  million of
unsecured senior notes payable (the "Notes Payable"). The Notes Payable were due
May 4, 2008 with interest at a fixed rate of 6.6%.  The Notes  Payable  purchase
agreement  required  the Company to maintain  certain  financial  ratios and net
worth  levels  until  the  Notes  Payable  are paid in full.  As a result of the
restructuring  charge,  the Company was not in compliance  with certain terms of
the Notes Payable at August 31, 1999. The Company did not obtain a waiver on the
terms of the debt  covenants,  and  subsequent  to August 31, 1999,  the Company
retired  the $85.0  million  notes  payable at par plus  accrued  interest.  The
Company  utilized  its  expanded  long-term  line of credit to retire  the Notes
Payable.

          Subsequent to August 31, 1999, the Company announced that it had filed
a registration  statement with the  Securities and Exchange  Commission  ("SEC")
related to a  subscription  offering for up to an additional  750,000  shares of
Series A  Preferred  Stock.  Shareholders  of  record on  November  8, 1999 will
receive a  non-transferable  right to  purchase  one share of Series A Preferred
stock for  every 27  common  shares  owned at a  subscription  price of $100 per
share.  The  subscription  offering is expected to expire on November  30, 1999.
This offering is being made in connection  with the issuance of Preferred  Stock
to a private  investor  during the Company's  fourth quarter of fiscal 1999. The
Preferred Stock shares being offered to shareholders are substantially identical
to the Preferred  Stock issued to the private  investor.  The Company's Board of
Directors is making no recommendation as to whether shareholders should exercise
or restrain from exercising their subscription rights.

          Going forward,  the Company will continue to incur costs necessary for
the  development of electronic  commerce  channels,  retail store  buildouts and
renovations,  regional office leasehold  improvements and other costs related to
the growth of the business.  Cash  provided by  operations,  available  lines of
credit and other  financing  alternatives  will be used for these  expenditures.
Management anticipates that its existing capital resources will be sufficient to
enable the Company to maintain its current level of  operations  and its planned
internal growth for the foreseeable future. The Company also continues to pursue
additional financing alternatives as it repositions itself for future growth.


                                       25
<PAGE>



          The  Company is  registered  in all  states  that have a sales tax and
collects and remits sales or use tax on retail sales made through its stores and
catalog sales.  Compliance with  environmental laws or regulations has not had a
material  effect on the Company's  operations.  Inflation has not had a material
effect on the Company's operations. However, future inflation may have an impact
on the price of materials used in planners and related products, including paper
and leather  materials.  The  Company may not be able to pass on such  increased
costs to its customers.

MARKET RISK OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

          The Company has exposure to market risk from foreign currency exchange
rates and  changes  in  interest  rates.  To manage  the  volatility  related to
currency   exchange  rates,   the  Company   entered  into  limited   derivative
transactions to manage  well-defined  foreign exchange risks during fiscal 1999.
However, at August 31, 1999 the Company did not have any derivative  instruments
outstanding.  Corresponding  gains and losses on derivative  contracts were also
immaterial  for the year ended  August 31,  1999.  As the Company  continues  to
expand internationally, the Company's use of foreign exchange contracts may grow
in order to manage the foreign  currency risks to the Company.  As of August 31,
1999,  the Company  had not entered  into  derivative  instruments  to hedge its
exposure to interest rate risk.


       "Safe Harbor" Statement Under the Private Securities Litigation
                              Reform Act of 1995

          With the exception of historical information  (information relating to
the Company's  financial condition and results of operations at historical dates
or  for  historical  periods),   the  matters  discussed  in  this  Management's
Discussion  and Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of  Operations  are
forward-looking statements that necessarily are based on certain assumptions and
are subject to certain risks and uncertainties.  Such uncertainties include, but
are  not  limited  to,  unanticipated  developments  in any  one or  more of the
following areas: the integration of acquired or merged businesses, management of
growth,  unanticipated  costs,  delays or  outcomes  relating  to the  Company's
restructuring plan, availability of financing sources, dependence on products or
services,  the  rate  and  consumer  acceptance  of new  product  introductions,
competition,  Y2K issues,  the number and nature of customers  and their product
orders, pricing, pending and threatened litigation, and other risk factors which
may be detailed from time to time in the Company's  press  releases,  reports to
shareholders and in filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

          These   forward-looking   statements   are   based   on   management's
expectations  as of the date  hereof,  and the Company  does not  undertake  any
responsibility  to update any of these  statements in the future.  Actual future
performance  and  results  will  differ  and may  differ  materially  from  that
contained in or suggested by these forward-looking statements as a result of the
factors set forth in this  Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of  Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and elsewhere in the Company's  filings with
the Securities and Exchange Commission.




                                       26
<PAGE>



Item 8.   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To Franklin Covey Co.:

          We have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of
Franklin Covey Co. (a Utah  corporation)  and subsidiaries as of August 31, 1999
and 1998, and the related  consolidated  statements of income and  comprehensive
income,  shareholders'  equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the
period ended August 31, 1999. These financial  statements are the responsibility
of the  Company's  management.  Our  responsibility  is to express an opinion on
these financial statements based on our audits.

          We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

          In our opinion,  the  financial  statements  referred to above present
fairly, in all material  respects,  the financial position of Franklin Covey Co.
and  subsidiaries  as of August  31,  1999 and 1998,  and the  results  of their
operations  and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
August 31, 1999 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.




ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Salt Lake City, Utah
October 8, 1999







                                       27
<PAGE>




FRANKLIN COVEY CO.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

AUGUST 31,                                                                                  1999             1998
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------- -----------------
In thousands, except share data

ASSETS
     Current assets:
<S>                                                                                 <C>               <C>
         Cash and cash equivalents                                                  $     26,781      $    27,760
         Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful
            accounts of $4,074 and $2,840                                                 92,500           83,621
         Inventories                                                                      59,780           47,799
         Income taxes receivable                                                           3,912
         Other assets                                                                     28,673           16,113
                                                                                 ---------------- -----------------
              Total current assets                                                       211,646          175,293

     Property and equipment, net                                                         127,863          127,268
     Goodwill and other intangibles, net                                                 267,185          270,202
     Other assets                                                                         16,609           24,514
                                                                                 ---------------- -----------------
                                                                                    $    623,303      $   597,277
                                                                                 ---------------- -----------------

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
     Current liabilities:
         Accounts payable                                                           $     33,038      $    24,496
         Accrued compensation                                                             10,414           14,051
         Accrued acquisition earnouts                                                     15,900           12,960
         Accrued restructuring costs                                                      16,200
         Other accrued liabilities                                                        37,388           31,596
         Income taxes payable                                                                               5,900
         Current portion of long-term debt                                                90,010            3,562
         Current portion of capital lease obligations                                        558              788
                                                                                 ---------------- -----------------
              Total current liabilities                                                  203,508           93,353

     Line of credit                                                                                        35,000
     Long-term debt, less current portion                                                  5,624           89,929
     Deferred income taxes                                                                34,818           35,857
     Capital lease obligations, less current portion                                         919            1,484
                                                                                ---------------- -----------------
              Total liabilities                                                          244,869          255,623
                                                                                ---------------- -----------------

     Commitments and contingencies (Notes 1, 6, 7, 9 and 18)

     Shareholders' equity:
         Preferred stock - Series A, no par value; convertible into common
              stock at $14 per share; 4,000,000 shares authorized, 750,000
              shares issued at $100 per share                                             75,000
         Common stock, $.05 par value; 40,000,000 shares
              authorized, 27,055,894 shares issued                                         1,353            1,353
         Additional paid-in capital                                                      235,632          238,052
         Retained earnings                                                               199,125          209,772
         Deferred compensation                                                              (320)            (843)
         Accumulated other comprehensive loss                                               (782)          (2,250)
         Treasury stock at cost, 6,676,373 and 4,813,242 shares                         (131,574)        (104,430)
                                                                                 ---------------- -----------------
              Total shareholders' equity                                                 378,434          341,654
                                                                                 ---------------- -----------------
                                                                                    $    623,303      $   597,277
                                                                                 ---------------- -----------------
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>



                                       28
<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

FRANKLIN COVEY CO.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31,                                                                 1999              1998             1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------- -----------------
In thousands, except per share data

<S>                                                                          <C>               <C>              <C>
Sales                                                                        $     554,923     $     546,612    $     433,272
Cost of sales                                                                      243,132           213,888          175,602
                                                                           ----------------- ---------------- -----------------
     Gross margin                                                                  311,791           332,724          257,670

Selling, general and administrative                                                235,003           221,303          164,057
Depreciation and amortization                                                       39,539            33,028           20,800
Merger and integration costs                                                                                            5,450
Provision for restructuring costs                                                   16,282
Loss on impaired assets                                                             16,559
                                                                           ----------------- ---------------- -----------------
     Income from operations                                                          4,408            78,393           67,363

Interest income                                                                      1,278             1,954            1,344
Interest expense                                                                    (9,912)           (8,316)          (2,344)
                                                                           ----------------- ---------------- -----------------
     (Loss) income before provision for income taxes
         and cumulative effect of accounting change                                 (4,226)           72,031           66,363
Provision for income taxes                                                           4,546            29,893           27,498
                                                                           ----------------- ---------------- -----------------
     (Loss) income before cumulative effect of accounting change                    (8,772)           42,138           38,865
Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of tax (Note 14)                                          (2,080)
                                                                           ----------------- ---------------- -----------------
Net (loss) income                                                                   (8,772)           40,058           38,865
Preferred stock dividends                                                            1,875
                                                                           ----------------- ---------------- -----------------
Net (loss) income available to common shareholders                           $     (10,647)    $      40,058    $      38,865
                                                                           ----------------- ---------------- -----------------

(Loss) income from continuing operations per share:
         Basic                                                               $        (.51)    $        1.75    $        1.83
         Diluted                                                                      (.51)             1.70             1.76

Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of tax, per share:
         Basic                                                                                          (.09)
         Diluted                                                                                        (.08)
                                                                           ----------------- ---------------- -----------------
Net (loss) income per share:
         Basic                                                               $        (.51)    $        1.66    $        1.83
         Diluted                                                                      (.51)             1.62             1.76
                                                                           ----------------- ---------------- -----------------
Weighted average number of common and common equivalent shares:
         Basic                                                                      20,881            24,091           21,201
         Diluted                                                                    20,881            24,726           22,117
                                                                           ----------------- ---------------- -----------------


COMPREHENSIVE INCOME:

Net (loss) income available to common shareholders                           $     (10,647)    $      40,058    $      38,865
Foreign currency translation adjustments                                             1,468            (1,316)               6
                                                                           ----------------- ---------------- -----------------
Comprehensive (loss) income                                                  $      (9,179)    $      38,742    $      38,871
                                                                           ----------------- ---------------- -----------------


</TABLE>


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.




                                       29
<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

FRANKLIN COVEY CO.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY


                                                                                              ACCUM-
                                                                                              ULATED
                                 SERIES A                        ADDITION-                    OTHER                        TOTAL
                              PREFFERED STOCK    COMMON STOCK       AL              DEFERRED  COMPRE-   TREASURY STOCK     SHARE-
                             ----------------- ----------------  PAID-IN   RETAINED  COMPEN-  HENSIVE  ------------------  HOLDERS'
                              SHARES   AMOUNT   SHARES   AMOUNT  CAPITAL   EARNINGS  SATION   LOSS     SHARES     AMOUNT   EQUITY
- ---------------------------- -------- -------- --------  ------- --------  --------  -------  -------  -------  --------- ---------
In thousands
<S>               <C> <C>                       <C>     <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>     <C>        <C>
Balance at August 31, 1996                      22,025  $ 1,101  $132,959  $130,849  $(1,240) $  (940)  (1,497) $ (30,894) $231,835

Issuance of common stock
   in connection with merger                     5,031      252   111,246                                                   111,498
Value of options granted
   in merger                                                        4,331                                                     4,331
Tax benefit from exercise
   of affiliate stock options                                       1,654                                                     1,654
Issuance of common stock
   from treasury                                                  (11,340)                                 844     14,340     3,000
Purchase of treasury shares                                                                             (1,720)   (36,378)  (36,378)
Deferred compensation                                                 849               (255)                                   594
Other comprehensive income                                                                          6                             6
Net income                                                                   38,865                                          38,865
                             -------- -------- -------  -------  --------  --------  -------  -------  -------  ---------  ---------
Balance at August 31, 1997                      27,056    1,353   239,699   169,714   (1,495)    (934)  (2,373)   (52,932)  355,405

Tax benefit from exercise
   ofaffiliate stock options                                          266                                                       266
Issuance of common stock
   from treasury                                                   (1,913)                                 247      5,515     3,602
Purchase of treasury shares                                                                             (2,687)   (57,013)  (57,013)
Deferred compensation                                                                    652                                    652
Other comprehensive loss                                                                       (1,316)                       (1,316)
Net income                                                                   40,058                                          40,058
                             -------- -------- -------  -------  --------  --------  -------  -------  -------  ---------  ---------
Balance at August 31, 1998                      27,056    1,353   238,052   209,772     (843)  (2,250)  (4,813)  (104,430)  341,654

Issuance of Series A
   Preferred Stock                750 $ 75,000                                                                               75,000
Preferred stock dividends                                                    (1,875)                                         (1,875)
Tax benefit from exercise
   of affiliate stock options                                       1,320                                                     1,320
Issuance of common stock
   from treasury                                                   (3,740)                                 263      5,566     1,826
Purchase of treasury shares                                                                             (2,126)   (32,710)  (32,710)
Deferred compensation                                                                    523                                    523
Other comprehensive income                                                                      1,468                         1,468
Net loss                                                                     (8,772)                                         (8,772)
                             -------- -------- -------  -------  --------  --------  -------  -------  -------  ---------   --------
Balance at August 31, 1999        750 $ 75,000  27,056  $ 1,353  $235,632  $199,125   $ (320) $  (782)  (6,676) $(131,574) $378,434
                             -------- -------- -------  -------  --------  --------  -------  -------  -------  ---------  ---------

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>



                                       30
<PAGE>




FRANKLIN COVEY CO.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31,                                                                 1999              1998             1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------- -----------------
In thousands

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
<S>                                                                              <C>               <C>              <C>
     Net (loss) income                                                           $  (8,772)        $  40,058        $  38,865
     Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash
         provided by operating activities:
         Depreciation and amortization                                              43,547            38,626           23,576
         Loss on impaired assets                                                    16,559
         Deferred income taxes                                                     (10,503)              613           (3,178)
         Deferred compensation                                                         522               652              594
         Loss on sale of assets                                                        673               317                8
         Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions:
              Increase in accounts receivable                                       (8,879)           (9,995)         (18,983)
              (Increase) decrease in inventories                                   (11,981)            8,061           (1,068)
              Increase in other assets                                              (3,868)          (12,044)         (13,397)
              Increase (decrease) in accounts payable
                 and accrued liabilities                                            10,966            (4,495)          18,783
              Increase in accrued restructuring costs                               16,200
              Increase (decrease) in income taxes payable                           (8,491)           12,261              465
                                                                           ----------------- ---------------- -----------------
         Net cash provided by operating activities                                  35,973            74,054           45,665
                                                                           ----------------- ---------------- -----------------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
     Acquisition of businesses, including earnout payments                         (19,025)          (16,786)         (33,188)
     Disposal of businesses                                                                           12,126
     Purchase of license rights                                                                                       (27,000)
     Purchases of property and equipment, net of effects from
         acquisitions                                                              (22,996)          (39,239)         (20,189)
     Proceeds from sale of property and equipment                                    1,288                84              366
                                                                           ----------------- ---------------- -----------------
         Net cash used for investing activities                                    (40,733)          (43,815)         (80,011)
                                                                           ----------------- ---------------- -----------------

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
     Net (decrease) increase in short-term borrowings                               (2,229)             (889)           2,858
     Proceeds from long-term debt and line of credit, net of effects
         from acquisitions                                                           1,142           119,969           64,419
     Payments on long-term debt and capital leases                                 (40,652)          (87,221)          (3,211)
     Proceeds from issuance of Series A Preferred Stock                             75,000
     Purchases of common stock for treasury                                        (32,710)          (57,013)         (36,378)
     Proceeds from issuance of treasury stock                                        1,826             3,602            3,000
                                                                           ----------------- ---------------- -----------------
         Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities                        2,377           (21,552)          30,688
                                                                           ----------------- ---------------- -----------------

     Effect of foreign exchange rates                                                1,404            (1,316)               6
                                                                           ----------------- ---------------- -----------------

     Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents                             (979)            7,371           (3,652)
     Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year                                 27,760            20,389           24,041
                                                                           ----------------- ---------------- -----------------
     Cash and cash equivalents at end of year                                    $  26,781         $  27,760        $  20,389
                                                                           ----------------- ---------------- -----------------
</TABLE>


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.



                                       31
<PAGE>




                              FRANKLIN COVEY CO.

                    NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


1. NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

          Franklin Covey Co. (the "Company")  provides  integrated  training and
performance   solutions  to  organizations   and  individuals  in  productivity,
leadership,  sales, communication and other areas. Each solution set may include
components for training and consulting,  assessment and other  application tools
that are generally available in electronic or paper-based formats. The Company's
products and services are available through  professional  consulting  services,
public    workshops,    catalogs,    retail   stores   and   the   Internet   at
www.franklincovey.com.  The Company's best known  products  include the Franklin
Planner and the best-selling book, The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People.

Principles of Consolidation

          The  accompanying   consolidated   financial  statements  include  the
accounts of the  Company  and its wholly  owned  subsidiaries.  All  significant
intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Pervasiveness of Estimates

          The  preparation of financial  statements in conformity with generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that  affect the  reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities  and
disclosure of  contingent  assets and  liabilities  at the date of the financial
statements  and the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash Equivalents

          The Company considers all highly liquid investments  purchased with an
original maturity of three months or less to be cash  equivalents.  As of August
31,  1999,  the  Company had demand  deposits at various  banks in excess of the
$100,000 limit for insurance by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

Inventories

          Inventories  are  stated at the lower of cost or  market,  cost  being
determined using the first-in, first-out method. Elements of cost in inventories
include raw materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead.

Property and Equipment

          Property   and   equipment   are  stated  at  cost  less   accumulated
depreciation or  amortization.  Depreciation or amortization is calculated using
the  straight-line  method  over the  expected  useful  lives of the  assets  as
follows:

Description                                      Useful Lives
- -------------------------------------------------------------

Machinery and equipment                           3-7 years
Furniture, fixtures and leasehold
   improvements                                   5-7 years
Buildings                                        15-39 years

          Leasehold  improvements  are amortized over the lesser of the economic
life of the asset or the contracted  lease period.  Expenditures for maintenance
and repairs are charged to expense as incurred.  Gains and losses on the sale of
property and equipment are recorded in current operations.





                                       32
<PAGE>




Other Long-Term Assets

          The Company was  recently  involved  in a business  reengineering  and
information systems implementation project (the "Project"). Certain costs of the
Project  have been  capitalized  in  accordance  with  authoritative  accounting
pronouncements  (see Note 14). At August 31, 1999, the Company had $10.6 million
of net capitalized  Project costs classified as other long-term assets.  Project
costs are amortized over a five-year period  following  completion of associated
Project phases.

Long-Lived Assets

          The Company reviews for impairment of long-lived assets when events or
changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that the book value of an asset may not be
recoverable.  The Company evaluates,  at each balance sheet date, whether events
and circumstances have occurred that indicate possible  impairment.  The Company
uses an estimate of future  undiscounted  net cash flows of the related asset or
group of assets  over the  remaining  life in  measuring  whether the assets are
recoverable.  The Company  assesses the  impairment of long-lived  assets at the
lowest level for which there are identifiable cash flows that are independent of
other groups of assets.

          During the fourth quarter of fiscal 1999, the Company initiated a plan
to restructure its operations (Note 2). As part of the  restructuring  plan, all
programs, products and curriculum were evaluated to determine their future value
in the restructured  Company. As a result of this evaluation,  certain products,
services  and  curricula  were  discontinued   which  impacted  certain  related
long-lived assets and related  goodwill.  Based upon the results of this review,
the Company  recognized a $16.6 million  charge in the fourth  quarter of fiscal
1999 on impaired assets related to the discontinued  products and programs.  The
loss on impaired  assets for the year ended  August 31, 1999 is comprised of the
following (in thousands):

Goodwill and other intangibles                  $     8,234
Other long-term assets                                6,772
Property and equipment                                1,553
                                             ----------------
                                                $    16,559
                                             ----------------

          The Company has disposed of these assets, as the assets have no market
value or future value to the  Company.  Impaired  goodwill and other  intangible
assets are primarily comprised of goodwill generated from previous  acquisitions
whose  products or services have been  discontinued.  Impaired  other  long-term
assets  primarily  consists of capitalized  costs for Project  modules that were
determined to have no future value. Impaired property and equipment is comprised
of  purchased  software  written off as unusable  and a printing  press that was
unable to meet printing quality standards.

Foreign Currency Translation and Transactions

          The balance sheet accounts of the Company's  foreign  subsidiaries are
translated  into U.S.  dollars  using the current  exchange  rate.  Revenues and
expenses  are  translated   using  an  average   exchange  rate.  The  resulting
translation  gains or losses are  recorded as  accumulated  other  comprehensive
income  or loss in  shareholders'  equity.  Transaction  gains  and  losses  are
reported in current operations.

Revenue Recognition

          Revenue is  recognized  upon  shipment of product or  presentation  of
training seminars.

Pre-Opening Costs

          Pre-opening  costs  associated  with new retail  stores are charged to
expense  as  incurred.  These  amounts  were  not  significant  for the  periods
presented in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.




                                       33
<PAGE>




Income Taxes

          The provision for income taxes has been determined using the asset and
liability approach of accounting for income taxes. Under this approach, deferred
taxes represent the future tax consequences  expected to occur when the reported
amounts of assets and  liabilities  are  recovered or paid.  The  provision  for
income taxes  represents  income taxes paid or payable for the current year plus
the  change in  deferred  taxes  during the year.  Deferred  taxes  result  from
differences  between the  financial  and tax bases of the  Company's  assets and
liabilities  and are adjusted for changes in tax rates and tax laws when changes
are enacted.

Comprehensive Income

          Statement  of  Financial   Accounting   Standards  ("SFAS")  No.  130,
"Reporting   Comprehensive   Income",   established  a  standard  for  reporting
comprehensive  income  and  its  components  within  the  financial  statements.
Comprehensive  income  includes  charges and credits to equity accounts that are
not the  result  of  transactions  with  shareholders.  Comprehensive  income is
comprised  of net  income  or loss and other  comprehensive  income  items.  The
Company's  comprehensive  income and losses consist of changes in the cumulative
translation  adjustment  account.  The  changes  in the  cumulative  translation
adjustment  account are not adjusted for income taxes as they relate to specific
indefinite investments in foreign subsidiaries.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

          Financial   instruments  that  potentially   subject  the  Company  to
concentrations  of credit risk consist  primarily of trade  receivables.  In the
normal course of business,  the Company  provides credit terms to its customers.
Accordingly,  the Company performs  ongoing credit  evaluations of its customers
and maintains  allowances for possible  losses which,  when realized,  have been
within the range of management's expectations.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

          The book value of the  Company's  financial  instruments  approximates
fair value.  The estimated fair values have been  determined  using  appropriate
market information and valuation methodologies.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

          In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued
SFAS No. 133,  "Accounting for Derivative  Instruments and Hedging  Activities."
This statement  establishes  accounting and reporting  standards  requiring that
every derivative  instrument be recorded on the balance sheet as either an asset
or liability measured at fair value. The statement also requires that changes in
the derivative's fair value be recognized  currently in earnings unless specific
hedge  accounting  criteria are met. In June 1999, the FASB issued SFAS No. 137,
which deferred the application of SFAS No. 133 from fiscal years beginning after
June 15, 1999 to fiscal years  beginning after June 15, 2000. The application of
SFAS  No.  133 is not  expected  to  have a  material  impact  on the  Company's
financial statements.

Reclassifications

          Certain  reclassifications  have  been  made  in  the  prior  periods'
consolidated financial statements to conform with the current year presentation.


2. RESTRUCTURING COSTS

          During  the fourth  quarter of fiscal  1999,  the  Company's  Board of
Directors  approved a plan to restructure the Company's  operations,  reduce its
workforce  and formally  exit the majority of its leased office space located in


                                       34
<PAGE>

Provo,  Utah.  These  changes  are  intended  to align the  Company's  products,
services and channels in a manner that  focuses  Company  resources on providing
integrated   training  and  performance   solutions  to  both   individuals  and
organizations.  The restructure is also intended to lay strategic,  operational,
organizational  and financial  foundations for profitable  growth. In connection
with the restructuring plan, the Company recorded a fourth quarter restructuring
charge of $16.3  million,  which is included in the  accompanying  statement  of
income for the fiscal year ended August 31, 1999.  Included in the restructuring
charge are costs to provide  severance and related  benefits as well as costs to
formally exit the leased office space. The Company anticipates completion of the
restructuring  plan by the end of fiscal 2000 and may incur additional  expenses
necessary to complete the plan.

          The cost to provide  severance and related benefits is estimated to be
$11.7 million and covers a reduction of  approximately  600 employees across all
areas of the business. As of August 31, 1999, 115 employees had left the Company
as part of the reduction  plan.  Subsequent to August 31, 1999, an additional 61
employees have left the Company in connection with this plan.

          Also included in the  restructuring  provision is a charge to exit the
majority of the Company's  leased office space in Provo,  Utah. These facilities
currently  contain sales,  marketing and other functions  primarily aligned with
the Training and Education SBU. Before exiting the lease,  sales and other sales
support  functions located in Provo will be moved to regional offices located in
New York, Chicago, Los Angeles,  San Francisco,  Columbus,  Dallas,  Atlanta and
Washington,  D.C.  Remaining business and support functions will be moved to the
Company's  corporate  headquarters  located in Salt Lake City, Utah. The Company
anticipates  the  costs to exit the  facilities  and  sublease  the  space to be
approximately $4.6 million.


3. INVENTORIES

          Inventories are comprised of the following (in thousands):



AUGUST 31,
- ------------------------------------ --------------- ---------------
                                              1999            1998
- ------------------------------------ --------------- ---------------
Finished goods                        $     42,594    $     32,141
Work-in-process                              4,186           5,261
Raw materials                               13,000          10,397
                                     --------------- ---------------
                                      $     59,780    $     47,799
                                     --------------- ---------------


4. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

          Property and equipment are comprised of the following (in thousands):

AUGUST 31,
- ------------------------------------ --------------- ---------------
                                              1999            1998
- ------------------------------------ --------------- ---------------
Land and improvements                 $      7,616    $     10,382
Buildings                                   48,787          42,797
Machinery and equipment                    113,592          91,841
Furniture, fixtures and
   leasehold improvements
                                            50,209          52,128
                                     --------------- --------------
                                           220,204         197,148
Less accumulated depreciation and
   amortization
                                          (92,341)         (69,880)
                                     --------------- ---------------
                                      $   127,863     $    127,268
                                     --------------  ---------------

Certain land and buildings  represent  collateral for debt obligations (see Note
6).





                                       35
<PAGE>




5. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

          Goodwill and other  intangible  assets  consist of the  following  (in
thousands):

AUGUST 31,
- ----------------------------------- ------------- -------------
                                            1999          1998
- ----------------------------------- ------------- -------------
Goodwill                             $   131,595   $   115,290
License rights                            27,000        27,000
Curriculum rights                         61,752        62,685
Trade names and other                     94,777        98,476
                                    ------------- -------------
                                         315,124       303,451
Less accumulated  amortization           (47,939)      (33,249)
                                    ------------- -------------
                                     $   267,185   $   270,202
                                    ------------- -------------

          Goodwill,  representing  the excess of cost over the net  tangible and
identifiable  intangible  assets of acquired  businesses,  and other  intangible
assets are  amortized  on a  straight-line  basis over the  following  estimated
useful lives:

                                                 Useful Lives
                                               -----------------

Goodwill                                          5-30 years
License rights                                     40 years
Curriculum rights                                14-30 years
Trade names and other                             4-40 years


6.     DEBT

Lines of Credit

          At August 31,  1999,  the Company had  unsecured  bank lines of credit
available for working capital needs totaling $75.0 million.  The Company's lines
of credit  consisted of a $10.0  million  short-term  line of credit and a $65.0
million  long-term  credit  facility.  On August 31, 1999,  the Company had $1.4
million outstanding on the short-term line of credit with interest at the lesser
of the prime rate less .75% or the LIBOR rate plus 1.00%.  The weighted  average
interest rate on short-term  borrowings at August 31, 1999 was 7.75%. No amounts
were  outstanding  on the  long-term  line of credit at August 31, 1999.  In the
accompanying consolidated balance sheets, the current line of credit is reported
as a component of other accrued liabilities.

          The line of credit agreement  required the Company to maintain certain
financial  ratios and working capital levels.  As a result of the  restructuring
and  impaired  asset  charges,  the Company was not in  compliance  with certain
covenants  of the line of credit  agreement at August 31,  1999.  Subsequent  to
August  31,  1999,  the  Company  obtained a new line of credit  agreement  with
existing  lenders that  maintained the $10.0 million  current line of credit and
increased the long-term line of credit to $100.0 million. The new line of credit
requires the Company to maintain certain  financial ratios and minimum net worth
levels,  excluding the financial  impact of fiscal 1999  restructuring  charges.
Interest on the new line of credit  agreement is at the lesser of the prime rate
or the LIBOR rate plus 1.50%. The new line of credit  agreement  expires October
1, 2001.

          Commitment  fees  associated  with the lines of credit were immaterial
for fiscal years 1999 and 1998.

Long-Term Debt

          Long-term debt is comprised of the following (in thousands):

AUGUST 31,
- ------------------------------------ ------------ ------------
                                            1999         1998
- ------------------------------------ ------------ ------------
Senior unsecured notes payable
with interest at 6.6% due
semi-annually, paid in full during
October 1999                           $  85,000    $  85,000

Note payable in quarterly
installments of $574 including
interest at 5.0% through April 2001        3,822



                                       36
<PAGE>

Mortgage payable in monthly
installments of $18 including
interest at 8.5% through August
2016, secured by real estate               1,697        1,769

Note payable on demand, plus
interest at 8.0%                           1,481        1,749

Note payable to bank, payable
in monthly installments of $20,
including interest at 7.8% through
August 2004, secured by equipment            976

Note payable to bank, payable
in monthly installments of $23,
plus interest at prime plus .5%
payable through September 2002,
secured by real estate                       869        1,152

Mortgage payable in monthly
installments of $8 including interest
at 9.9% through October 2014,
secured by real estate                       710          728

Note payable to a Japanese bank
for YEN 60,000, payable in quarterly
installments of YEN 20,000, due April
2000 including interest at 2.4%              548          996

Note payable, paid in full during
January 1999                                            1,000

Other mortgages and notes, payable
in monthly installments, interest ranging
from 2.0% to 9.7%, due at various dates
through 2003, secured by equipment,
inventories and accounts receivable          531        1,097
                                     ------------ ------------
                                          95,634       93,491

Less current portion                     (90,010)      (3,562)
                                     ------------ ------------
Long-term debt, less current
portion                                $   5,624    $  89,929
                                     ------------ ------------

          The $85.0 million senior  unsecured notes payable required the Company
to maintain  certain  financial  ratios and net worth levels until the notes are
paid in full. As a result of the restructuring  and impaired asset charges,  the
Company  was not in  compliance  with  certain  terms of the notes at August 31,
1999.  The Company  did not obtain a waiver on the terms of the debt  covenants,
and  subsequent  to August 31, 1999 the Company  retired the $85.0 million notes
payable  at par  plus  accrued  interest.  The  Company  utilized  its  expanded
long-term  line of credit to retire the Notes  Payable.  Accordingly,  the $85.0
million  notes  payable were  reported as a component of the current  portion of
long-term  debt in the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheet at August 31,
1999.

          Future  maturities of long-term debt at August 31, 1999 are as follows
(in thousands):

YEAR ENDING
AUGUST 31,
- -------------------------------- --------------
2000                                $   90,010
2001                                     2,456
2002                                       652
2003                                       372
2004                                       336
Thereafter                               1,808
                                 --------------
                                    $   95,634
                                 --------------


                                     37
<PAGE>


7. LEASE OBLIGATIONS

Capital Leases

          Future  minimum lease  payments for equipment held under capital lease
arrangements as of August 31, 1999 are as follows (in thousands):

YEAR ENDING
AUGUST 31,
- -------------------------------------------- -- --------------
2000                                               $      652
2001                                                      592
2002                                                      391
                                                --------------
Total future minimum lease
    payments                                            1,635
Less amount representing interest                        (158)
                                                --------------
Present value of future minimum
    lease payments                                      1,477
Less current portion                                     (558)
                                                --------------
                                                   $      919
                                                --------------



          Total assets held under  capital lease  arrangements  was $4.0 million
with   accumulated   amortization  of  $1.8  million  as  of  August  31,  1999.
Amortization   of  capital  lease  assets  is  included  in   depreciation   and
amortization expense.

Operating Leases

          The Company  leases certain  retail store and office  locations  under
noncancelable  operating  lease  agreements with remaining terms of one to eight
years.  The following  summarizes  future minimum lease payments under operating
leases at August 31, 1999 (in thousands):

YEAR ENDING
AUGUST 31,
- -------------------------------------------- -- --------------
2000                                              $    11,600
2001                                                    8,803
2002                                                    7,932
2003                                                    7,325
2004                                                    5,711
Thereafter                                             14,409
                                                --------------
                                                  $    55,780
                                                --------------

          Total rental expense for leases under  operating lease terms was $17.6
million,  $16.8 million,  and $11.7 million for the years ended August 31, 1999,
1998 and 1997,  respectively.  Contingent rental expense,  primarily from retail
stores,  for the fiscal years ended August 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997 totaled $5.4
million,  $4.1  million,  and  $3.5  million,  respectively.  Contingent  rental
payments are generally based upon a percentage of retail store sales,  which are
seasonally high during the Company's first and second fiscal quarters.

          As  described in Note 2, the Company  intends to exit  certain  leased
office space in Provo,  Utah.  The foregoing  operating  lease  minimum  payment
schedule includes future minimum rents on the office space in Provo. Annual rent
expense on the leased office space is approximately  $2.1 million and represents
the majority of minimum rent payments after 2004.


8. ADVERTISING

          Costs for  newspaper,  television,  radio and  other  advertising  are
expensed as incurred.  Direct response  advertising  costs consist  primarily of
printing and mailing costs for catalogs and seminar  mailers that are charged to
expense over the period of projected benefit, not to exceed twelve months. Total
advertising costs were $33.0 million,  $26.7 million,  and $18.9 million for the
years ended August 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997,  respectively.  Prepaid catalog and
seminar mailer costs reported in other current assets were $5.7 million and $4.4
million at August 31, 1999 and 1998, respectively.





                                       38
<PAGE>

9. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Purchase Commitments

          The Company has various purchase  commitments for materials,  supplies
and other items incident to the ordinary conduct of business. In aggregate, such
commitments are immaterial to the Company's operations.

Legal Matters

          The  Company  is the  subject  of  certain  legal  actions,  which  it
considers routine to its business activities.  As of August 31, 1999, management
believes that, after discussion with its legal counsel,  any potential liability
to the Company  under such  actions  will not  materially  affect the  Company's
financial position or results of operations.


10. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

          As part of the Preferred  Stock  transaction  completed  during fiscal
1999 (Note 11), an affiliate of the investor was named  Chairman of the Board of
Directors and interim Chief Executive Officer.  The new Chairman and interim CEO
was previously a member of the Company's  Board. In addition,  two affiliates of
the investor were  appointed to the Board of Directors.  In connection  with the
Preferred  Stock  offering,  the Company  pays an  affiliate  of the  investor a
monitoring fee of $100,000 per quarter.

          In January 1999,  the Company  issued 1,450 shares of its common stock
to each  member of the Board of  Directors  for $17.25 per share.  The  purchase
price was paid in the form of secured promissory notes that are payable in three
annual installments  beginning on March 31, 1999. A portion of each note payment
will be forgiven by the Company based on the Company's earnings per share during
the preceding fiscal year. The notes are secured by the shares of stock retained
in the Company's possession pursuant to the terms of a security agreement.

          During the fiscal year ended  August 31, 1999,  the Company  purchased
130,000 shares of its common stock for $2.3 million in cash,  from an officer of
the Company.  The  foregoing  shares were  purchased at the existing fair market
value on the date of the transaction.

          During fiscal years 1998 and 1997, the Company  purchased  500,000 and
750,000  shares of its common stock for $12.0 million and $18.0 million in cash,
respectively,  from the  Vice-Chairman  of the Board of Directors  (formerly the
Chairman of the Board).  All shares were  purchased at the existing  fair market
value on the dates of the transactions.

          During the fiscal  years ended  August 31,  1999,  1998 and 1997,  the
Company  purchased  92,000,  100,000 and 110,000  shares of its common stock for
$1.2 million, $2.5 million and $2.4 million in cash, respectively, from a former
officer and director of the Company.  The shares were  purchased at the existing
fair market value on the dates of the transactions.

          The  Company  purchased  194,000  shares of its  common  stock  from a
director of the Company  for $3.7  million in cash during the year ended  August
31, 1998.  Also during fiscal 1998, the Company  purchased  57,094 shares of its
common stock from a former  officer of the Company for $1.1 million.  The shares
were  purchased  at  the  existing  fair  market  value  on  the  dates  of  the
transactions.

          Premier Agendas  ("Premier"),  a subsidiary of the Company,  had trade
accounts  payable  to various  companies  which are  partially  owned by certain
former  owners of Premier  totaling  $3.3 million and $1.5 million at August 31,
1999 and 1998,  respectively.  In  addition,  Premier  had notes  payable to key
employees  totaling  $1.5  million and $1.8 million at August 31, 1999 and 1998,
respectively (Note 6). The notes payable were used for working capital,  are due
upon demand, and have interest rates which approximate prevailing market rates.



                                       39
<PAGE>


     The Company,  under a long-term  agreement,  leases  buildings  from a
partnership that is partially owned by a Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors
(formerly the Co-Chairman)  and certain officers of the Company.  Rental expense
paid to the  partnership  totaled $2.1 million,  $1.8 million,  and $0.4 million
during fiscal years 1999, 1998, and 1997, respectively.

          The Company pays a Vice-Chairman  of the Board of Directors  (formerly
the  Co-Chairman)  a percentage  of the proceeds  received for seminars that are
presented by the  Vice-Chairman.  During the years ended August 31, 1999,  1998,
and 1997, the Company paid  approximately $3.0 million,  $2.4 million,  and $0.2
million, respectively, for such seminars.

          During fiscal 1998, the Company sold one of its consulting  units to a
group of former employees for $1.6 million. The amount is payable to the Company
in six annual  installments  from  September 1998 through 2003. The Company also
granted certain employees the option to purchase another  consulting unit of the
Company for $1.2  million  payable to the Company in equal  annual  installments
over a ten-year period commencing January 2001. Such option becomes exerciseable
upon the achievement of certain financial thresholds over the next two years.


11. CAPITAL TRANSACTIONS

Preferred Stock

          On June 2,  1999,  the  Company  issued  750,000  shares  of  Series A
Preferred Stock (the  "Preferred  Stock") for $75.0 million in cash to a private
investor.  The Preferred Stock dividends accrue at an annual rate of 10% and are
payable  quarterly in cash or additional shares of Preferred Stock until July 1,
2002.  Subsequent to that date,  Preferred Stock dividends must be paid in cash.
Accordingly, the Company accrued $1.9 million in Preferred Stock dividends as of
August 31, 1999.  Subsequent to August 31, 1999,  the Company paid the Preferred
Stock dividend in additional  shares of Preferred  Stock. The Preferred Stock is
convertible at any time into the Company's common stock at a conversion price of
$14.00 per share and will rank senior to the Company's common stock.  Holders of
the  Preferred  Stock have  generally  the same  voting  rights as common  stock
holders on an "as-converted" basis.

          In connection with the issuance of the Preferred Stock, and subsequent
to August 31,  1999,  the  Company  announced  that it has filed a  registration
statement  with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  ("SEC")  related to a
subscription  offering  for up to an  additional  750,000  shares  of  Series  A
Preferred  Stock.  Shareholders  of record on  November  8, 1999 will  receive a
non-transferable  right to purchase  one share of Series A  Preferred  stock for
every 27 common  shares  owned at a  subscription  price of $100 per share.  The
subscription  offering is expected to expire on November 30, 1999. The Preferred
Stock shares being offered to shareholders  are  substantially  identical to the
Preferred Stock issued to the private investor.

Treasury Stock

          The Company  sold  263,100,  247,069 and 844,342  shares of its common
stock held in  treasury  as a result of the  exercise  of stock  options and the
purchase of shares under the  Company's  employee  stock  purchase  plan for the
years ended August 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively. These shares were sold
for a total of $1.4 million,  $3.6  million,  and $4.9 million and had a cost of
approximately $5.6 million,  $5.5 million, and $14.3 million for the years ended
August 31, 1999,  1998 and 1997,  respectively.  In October 1998 and March 1998,
the Company's Board of Directors approved the purchase of up to 2,000,000 shares
and 3,000,000 shares, respectively, of the Company's common stock. During fiscal
years 1999, 1998 and 1997, the Company  purchased  2,126,000 shares at a cost of
$32.7 million, 2,687,000 shares at a cost of $57.0 million, and 1,720,000 shares
at a cost of $36.4  million,  respectively.  At August 31, 1999, the Company had
approximately 1,000,000 shares remaining under Board authorized purchase plans.


                                       40
<PAGE>
Tax Benefit from Exercise of Affiliate Stock Options

          During fiscal years 1999, 1998 and 1997,  certain employees  exercised
affiliate  stock options  (nonqualified  stock options  received from  principal
shareholders  of the Company)  which  resulted in tax benefits to the Company of
$1.3 million, $0.3 million, and $1.7 million, respectively,  which were recorded
as increases to additional paid-in capital.

Deferred Compensation

          Deferred  compensation  represents  restricted  stock  granted  to key
executives.  The stock  vests in full four  years from the date of grant and was
recorded at the fair market value at the date of grant.  Compensation expense is
recognized ratably over the corresponding four-year vesting period.

Stock Options

          The  Company's  Board of Directors  has  approved an  incentive  stock
option plan  whereby  shares of common  stock are issued to key  employees  at a
price not less than the fair market value of the  Company's  common stock at the
date of grant.  The term, not to exceed ten years,  and exercise  period of each
incentive  stock option  awarded  under the plan are  determined  by a committee
appointed by the  Company's  Board of  Directors.  At August 31,  1999,  370,415
shares were  available  for granting  under the current  incentive  stock option
plan.

          A summary of  nonqualified  and incentive stock option activity is set
forth below:


                            Number of        Weighted Avg.
                             Options         Exercise Price
- ------------------------ ----------------- -------------------
Outstanding at
August 31, 1996                3,738,154        $ 18.36

Granted:
  At market value                747,340          19.03
  In connection with
     the Merger                  382,100           5.97
Exercised                       (838,092)          4.32
Forfeited                       (127,574)         22.91
                         -----------------
Outstanding at
  August 31, 1997              3,901,928          20.24

Granted                          434,800          23.64
Exercised                       (200,024)         13.62
Forfeited                       (466,974)         23.72
                         -----------------
Outstanding at
  August 31, 1998              3,669,730          21.89

Granted                        2,058,825          12.02
Exercised                       (231,931)          3.59
Forfeited                       (212,459)         18.89
                         -----------------
Outstanding at
   August 31, 1999             5,284,165          19.05
                         -----------------

          Options exerciseable at August 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997 were 2,683,966,
2,261,935  and  2,269,399 and had weighted  average  exercise  prices of $23.87,
$22.65 and $22.04, respectively.




                                       41
<PAGE>



          The Company applies Accounting Principles Board ("APB") Opinion 25 and
related   interpretations   in  accounting  for  its  plans.   Accordingly,   no
compensation  expense has been recognized for its stock option plans or employee
stock purchase plan. Had compensation  cost for the Company's stock option plans
and  employee  stock  purchase  plan  been  determined  in  accordance  with the
provisions  of SFAS No. 123,  "Accounting  for  Stock-Based  Compensation,"  the
Company's net income (loss) and earnings per share would have been the pro forma
amounts indicated below (in thousands, except per share data):


YEAR ENDED
AUGUST 31,
- ---------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
                                   1999        1998         1997
- ---------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------

Net (loss) income
   available to common
   shareholders as
   reported                    $(10,647)   $ 40,058    $ 38,865
Net (loss) income
   available pro forma          (16,181)     34,978      30,514

Diluted (loss) earnings
   per share as reported           (.51)       1.62        1.76
Diluted (loss) earnings
   per share pro forma             (.80)       1.41        1.38

          Because the SFAS No. 123 method of accounting  has not been applied to
options granted prior to September 1, 1995, the resulting pro forma compensation
cost may not be representative of that to be expected in future years.

          The following information applies to options outstanding at August 31,
1999:

o         A total of 1,432,341 options  outstanding have exercise prices between
          $1.11 and $9.69 per share,  with a weighted  average exercise price of
          $8.17 and a weighted average remaining  contractual life of 8.9 years.
          At August 31, 1999, 156,308 options are exercisable.

o         Options for 1,903,799  shares have exercise  prices between $11.83 and
          $19.31 per share, with a weighted average exercise price of $17.57 and
          a weighted  average  remaining  contractual life of 7.0 years of which
          938,181 are exercisable at August 31, 1999.

o         A total of 1,096,900  options have exercise  prices between $20.00 and
          $26.82 per share, with a weighted average exercise price of $24.14 and
          a weighted average remaining  contractual life of 5.9 years. At August
          31, 1999, 738,352 options are exercisable.

o         The remaining 851,125 options outstanding have exercise prices between
          $29.38 and $34.50 per share, with a weighted average exercise price of
          $34.15 and a weighted average remaining  contractual life of 4.7 years
          of which 851,125 are exercisable at August 31, 1999.

          The weighted average fair value of options granted under the Company's
stock  option  plans during the fiscal years ended August 31, 1999 and 1998 were
$4.79 and  $11.17,  respectively.  The  weighted  average  fair value of options
granted under the Company's  stock option plans during the year ended August 31,
1997 was estimated at $11.23 for options  granted at the market price and $15.08
for options  granted below the market price in connection  with the Merger (Note
16).



                                       42
<PAGE>



          The  Black-Scholes  option-pricing  model  was used to  calculate  the
weighted  average  fair value of options  using the  following  assumptions  for
grants in fiscal years 1999, 1998 and 1997:

YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31,
- -------------------------- ----------- ------------ -----------
                                1999         1998        1997
- -------------------------- ----------- ------------ -----------

Dividend yield                  None        None         None
Volatility                     55.8%       57.7%        61.5%
Expected life (years)           4.3         5.2          6.5
Risk free rate of
   return                       5.3%        5.4%         6.1%

          The  estimated  fair  value  of  options  granted  is  subject  to the
assumptions made and if the assumptions were to change, the estimated fair value
amounts could be  significantly  different.  The weighted  average fair value of
options exercised during fiscal years 1999, 1998 and 1997 was $7.04, $13.62, and
$4.41, respectively.


12. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

Profit Sharing Plans

          The Company has defined contribution profit sharing plans that qualify
under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The plans provide  retirement
benefits  for   employees   meeting   minimum  age  and  service   requirements.
Participants  may contribute up to 15% of their gross wages,  subject to certain
limitations.  The plans provide for matching  contributions by the Company.  The
matching  contributions  expensed in the years ended August 31, 1999,  1998, and
1997 were $1.7 million, $1.7 million, and $1.4 million, respectively.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

          The Company has an employee  stock  purchase plan which reserved up to
300,000 shares of common stock for issuance under the plan. Accordingly,  shares
of common stock can be purchased by qualified  employees at a price equal to 85%
of the fair market value of common stock at time of  purchase.  Shares  totaling
66,019,  46,934, and 42,527 have been issued under this plan for the years ended
August 31, 1999,  1998 and 1997,  respectively.  Shares  available  for issuance
under this plan at August 31, 1999,  were 16,764.  The Company  accounts for its
employee  stock purchase plan under the provisions of APB Opinion 25 and related
interpretations.


13. INCOME TAXES

          The  provision  for  income  taxes   consists  of  the  following  (in
thousands):


YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31,
- ------------------------- ----------- ------------ -----------
                                1999         1998        1997
- ------------------------- ----------- ------------ -----------
Current:
    Federal                 $ 12,545    $ 24,620     $ 24,103
    State                      2,046       4,067        5,755
    Foreign                    2,077       1,920          790
Deferred:
    Federal                  (10,422)       (614)      (2,544)
    State                     (1,700)       (100)        (606)
                          ----------- ------------ -----------
                            $  4,546    $ 29,893     $ 27,498
                          ----------- ------------ -----------


                                       43
<PAGE>


          In connection with a change in accounting principle,  the Company also
recognized a $1.5 million tax benefit in fiscal 1998.

          The differences  between income taxes at the statutory  federal income
tax rate and income taxes reported in the consolidated  statements of income are
as follows:


YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31,
- ------------------------- ------------- ----------- -----------
                              1999         1998        1997
- ------------------------- ------------- ----------- -----------
Federal statutory
  tax rate                   (35.0)%       35.0%       35.0%
State income
  taxes, net of
  federal effect              (3.5)         3.5         5.0
Goodwill
  amortization                44.6          2.3          .8
Effect of foreign
  losses and tax
  rate differential           63.9
Other                         37.6           .7          .6
                          ------------- ----------- -----------
                             107.6%        41.5%       41.4%
                          ------------- ----------- -----------

          Goodwill amortization consists of non-deductible goodwill generated by
the Merger and the acquisitions of Premier Agendas and Publishers' Press. During
the fiscal year ended August 31, 1999, the effect of foreign losses is primarily
comprised of losses sustained in Japan for which no offsetting tax benefit could
be  recognized  due to uncertain  future  taxable  income to offset such losses.
Other items are comprised of various  non-deductible  expenses that occur in the
normal course of business,  but which had a magnified effect on the tax rate due
to decreased taxable income in fiscal 1999 compared to prior years.

          Significant  components  of the  Company's  deferred  tax  assets  and
liabilities are comprised of the following (in thousands):

AUGUST 31,
- ------------------------------------ ------------ ------------
                                            1999         1998
- ------------------------------------ ------------ ------------
Deferred income tax assets:
   Inventory and bad debt
      reserves                        $    4,897   $    3,203
   Sales returns and
      contingencies                        2,248          993
   Restructuring cost accrual              6,239
   Vacation and other
      accruals                             2,559        2,454
   Interest and other
      capitalization                         855          431
   Other                                     414          243
                                     ------------ ------------
Total deferred income tax  assets         17,212        7,324
                                     ------------ ------------

Deferred income tax liabilities:
   Intangibles and fixed
      asset step-up                      (30,896)     (31,647)
Depreciation and
   amortization                           (1,537)      (2,203)
   Other                                  (3,240)      (2,438)
                                     ------------ ------------
Deferred income tax
   liabilities                           (35,673)     (36,288)
                                     ------------ ------------
Net deferred income tax
   liabilities                        $  (18,461)  $  (28,964)
                                     ------------ ------------

Current deferred tax assets are reported as a component of other current assets.





                                       44
<PAGE>



14.    CHANGE IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLE

          During fiscal 1998, the Emerging Issues Task Force (the "EITF") of the
FASB issued consensus ruling 97-13, which specified the accounting  treatment of
certain business reengineering and information technology  implementation costs.
EITF 97-13 requires that certain costs which were previously  capitalized to now
be expensed as incurred. In addition, any previously capitalized costs that were
incurred, and are addressed by EITF 97-13, were required to be written off.

          The Company was involved in a business  reengineering  and information
system implementation project that was principally completed during fiscal 1999.
During the Project,  the Company  capitalized  certain costs in accordance  with
generally accepted accounting  principles.  Certain previously capitalized costs
of the Project  were written off in  accordance  with EITF 97-13 as a cumulative
adjustment in the Company's  first quarter of fiscal 1998.  During the remainder
of fiscal 1998 and during fiscal 1999, the majority of the costs associated with
the  implementation  Project were  capitalized in accordance with EITF 97-13 and
other related accounting standards. The Company expects that any remaining costs
of  the  Project  will  qualify  for  capitalization  under  current  accounting
guidelines.

          The Company  incurred  significant  costs  associated with the Project
during the fourth  quarter of fiscal 1997.  The  following  unaudited  pro forma
schedule  presents the financial  results of the Company as if the provisions of
EITF 97-13 were  adopted on September  1, 1996 (in  thousands,  except per share
data):


YEAR ENDED
AUGUST 31, 1997
- ---------------------------------- -------------- --------------
                                         Actual      Pro Forma
- ---------------------------------- -------------- --------------
                                                    (unaudited)
Sales                               $   433,272    $   433,272
Gross margin                            257,670        257,670
Operating income                         67,363         64,184
Net income                               38,865         37,026

Net income per share:
     Basic                          $      1.83    $      1.75
     Diluted                               1.76           1.67


15.      NET INCOME PER SHARE

          Basic EPS is calculated by dividing income from continuing  operations
by the  weighted-average  number of common shares outstanding during the period.
Diluted EPS is calculated by dividing income from  continuing  operations by the
weighted-average  number of common shares  outstanding plus the assumed exercise
of all dilutive  securities  using the treasury stock method.  During periods of
net operating loss, all common stock equivalents, including the effect of common
shares from the  issuance of Preferred  Stock on an "as  converted"  basis,  are
excluded  from  the  diluted  EPS  calculation.  Significant  components  of the
numerator  and  denominator  used for Basic and  Diluted  EPS are as follows (in
thousands, except per share amounts):


YEAR ENDED
AUGUST 31,
- ------------------------------ ----------- ----------- -----------
                                     1999        1998        1997
- ------------------------------ ----------- ----------- -----------
(Loss) income before
   accounting change             $ (8,772)   $ 42,138    $ 38,865
Cumulative effect of
   accounting change,
   net of tax                                  (2,080)
                               ----------- ----------- -----------
Net (loss) income                  (8,772)     40,058      38,865
Preferred stock dividends           1,875
                               ----------- ----------- -----------
(Loss) income available to
   common shareholders           $(10,647)   $ 40,058    $ 38,865
                               ----------- ----------- -----------



                                       45
<PAGE>



Basic weighted-average
   shares outstanding              20,881      24,091      21,201
Incremental shares from
   Preferred Stock on an
   "as converted" basis               -           -           -
Incremental shares from the
   assumed exercise of
   stock options                      -           635         916
                               ----------- ----------- -----------
Diluted weighted-average
shares outstanding                 20,881      24,726      22,117
                               ----------- ----------- -----------

(Loss) income from
   continuing operations
   per share:
      Basic                      $   (.51)   $   1.75    $   1.83
      Diluted                        (.51)       1.70        1.76

Cumulative effect of accounting
   change, net of tax, per share:
      Basic                                      (.09)
      Diluted                                    (.08)
                               ----------- ----------- -----------

Net (loss) income per share:
      Basic                      $   (.51)   $   1.66    $   1.83
      Diluted                        (.51)       1.62        1.76
                               ----------- ----------- -----------

          Due to their antidilutive effect, options to purchase common stock and
the effect of the Preferred Stock on an "as converted" basis totaling  1,511,215
shares have been excluded from the EPS calculation for the year ended August 31,
1999.  Options to purchase 1,661,875 shares of common stock with exercise prices
ranging from $23.00 to $34.50 per share were outstanding  during fiscal 1998 but
were excluded in the  calculation  of Diluted EPS because the exercise price was
greater than the average market price of the common shares.


16. STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

          The   following   supplemental   disclosures   are  provided  for  the
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (in thousands):


YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31,
- ------------------------- ----------- ------------ -----------
                                1999         1998        1997
- ------------------------- ----------- ------------ -----------
Cash paid for:
    Income taxes           $  22,701   $  15,961    $  27,916
    Interest                   9,219       5,991        2,042


    Fair value of
      assets acquired      $  19,025   $  18,943    $  88,208
    Cash paid for
      net assets             (19,025)    (16,786)     (33,188)
                          ----------- ------------ -----------
    Liabilities
      assumed from
      acquisitions         $    -      $   2,157    $  55,020
                          ----------- ------------ -----------

Tax effect of
    exercise of
    affiliate stock
    options                $   1,320   $     266    $   1,654
                          ----------- ------------ -----------


                                       46
<PAGE>


Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities

          During the years ended August 31, 1999 and 1998,  the Company  accrued
$15.9  million  and  $13.0  million,   respectively,  for  earnout  payments  in
connection with the acquisition of certain entities.

          As of  August  31,  1999 the  Company  had  accrued  $1.9  million  of
Preferred  Stock  dividends in connection with the issuance of 750,000 shares of
Series A Preferred  Stock (Note 11).  Subsequent to August 31, 1999, the Company
paid the accrued dividend with additional shares of Preferred Stock.

          The Company financed the acquisition of certain software licenses with
a note payable to the software vendor for $5.9 million.

          Effective  June 2, 1997,  Franklin  Quest Co.  ("Franklin")  and Covey
Leadership  Center ("Covey") merged (the "Merger") to form Franklin Covey Co. In
the Merger,  the Company issued 5,030,894 shares of its common stock in exchange
for all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Covey. The total value of
the stock exchanged was  approximately  $111.5  million.  In connection with the
foregoing  exchange,  the Company issued 382,100 stock options,  exerciseable at
$5.97 per share and valued at approximately $4.3 million, in exchange for all of
the outstanding options to purchase Covey stock.

          In  connection  with  recording  the tax effects of the Merger and the
acquisition of Premier,  the Company recognized  approximately  $29.4 million of
net deferred tax liabilities with a corresponding increase to goodwill.

          During fiscal 1997, the Company received 84,779 shares of common stock
with a fair market  value of  approximately  $1.9 million as  consideration  for
684,000 stock options exercised at $2.78 per share. The common stock issued from
treasury  for the options  exercised  had a weighted  average cost of $20.35 per
share.


17. SEGMENT INFORMATION

Reportable Segments

          During  fiscal 1999,  the Company  adopted SFAS No. 131,  "Disclosures
about  Segments  of  an  Enterprise  and  Related  Information."  SFAS  No.  131
supersedes   previous   "industry   segment"   reporting   requirements  with  a
"management"  approach  for  reporting  operating  segments  as  well  as  other
disclosures about products and services, geographic regions and major customers.

          During the first quarter of 1999,  the Company  aligned its operations
into  the  following  three  operating  segments  or  Strategic  Business  Units
("SBUs"):

       o   Consumer Products
       o   Training and Education
       o   International

                                       47
<PAGE>

          Although the Company is currently in the process of restructuring  its
operations,  the above SBUs remain the primary management measurement tool until
the new reporting structure is completed and implemented.  The Consumer Products
SBU is responsible  for  distribution of the Company's  products  through retail
stores, catalog sales, mass markets,  contract stationers,  government channels,
technology  wholesale and the Internet.  The Training and Education  SBU,  which
includes  Premier  Agendas and Personal  Coaching,  is responsible for training,
consulting   and   implementation   services,   and   delivery  of  products  to
corporations,   business,   government   and   educational   institutions.   The
International  SBU is responsible for the delivery of both products and services
outside  the  United  States.  The "All  Others"  group  consists  primarily  of
Publishers'  Press and the  Institute of Fitness,  which was sold during  fiscal
1998.   Intersegment  sales  consist  primarily  of  paper  planner  sales  from
Publishers'  Press to the related  Franklin  Covey  entities,  which prepare and
package the planners for sale to external customers.  Corporate expenses consist
primarily  of  essential  internal  support  services  such as  finance,  legal,
information  systems and manufacturing and distribution and are allocated to the
operational SBUs.

          Each  reportable  segment is an operating  division of the Company and
has a President who reports  directly to the Company's Chief Executive  Officer.
Various   corporate   support   departments   are   operated  by  an   executive
vice-president  who also reports  directly to the Chief Executive  Officer.  The
Company  accounts  for  its  segment  information  on  the  same  basis  as  the
accompanying consolidated financial statements.


SEGMENT INFORMATION
(in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               Reportable Business Segments
                                  -------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                         Corporate,
                                                                                                         Adjustments
                                    Consumer      Training                                                   and
Year ended August 31, 1999          Products        and       International    Total       All Others    Elimination   Consolidated
                                                 Education
- --------------------------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------- -------------

<S>                                <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>
Sales to external customers        $   264,333   $   210,621   $    50,535   $   525,489    $  29,434                   $   554,923
Intersegment sales                                                                             33,669     $   (33,669)
Gross margin                           147,080       132,922        29,448       309,450        2,341                       311,791
Depreciation and amortization           11,090        18,741         2,062        31,893        1,395           6,251        39,539
Segment earnings (loss) before
   interest and taxes                   21,566         2,227        (4,261)       19,532       (3,158)        (11,966)        4,408
Significant non-cash items:
   Restructuring charge                                                                                        16,282        16,282
   Loss on impaired assets               3,628         2,588         2,180         8,396          653           7,510        16,559
Capital expenditures                     3,238         1,812         2,749         7,799          492          14,705        22,996
Segment assets                          73,158       302,224        22,213       397,595       44,158         181,550       623,303

Year ended August 31, 1998
- --------------------------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------- -------------

Sales to external customers        $   258,973   $   207,015   $    45,068   $   511,056    $  35,556                   $   546,612
Intersegment sales                                                                             29,626     $   (29,626)
Gross margin                           162,815       135,768        28,478       327,061        5,663                       332,724
Depreciation and amortization            7,563        13,175           989        21,727        1,809           9,492        33,028
Segment earnings (loss) before
   interest and taxes                   47,741        25,316         5,539        78,596       (3,866)          3,663        78,393
Capital expenditures                     3,988         1,406         2,019         7,413       11,681          20,145        39,239
Segment assets                          57,853       289,726        25,037       372,616       55,593         169,068       597,277

Year ended August 31,1997
- --------------------------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------- -------------

Sales to external customers        $   223,135   $   154,595   $    23,927   $   401,657    $  31,615                   $   433,272
Intersegment sales                                                                             29,186     $   (29,186)
Gross margin                           135,751        94,823        13,533       244,107       13,563                       257,670
Depreciation and amortization            7,642         7,754         2,042        17,438        1,331           2,031        20,800
Segment earnings (loss) before
   interest and taxes                   45,817        19,417        (1,823)       63,411         (901)          4,853        67,363
Capital expenditures                     4,448         4,111         1,150         9,709        2,296           8,184        20,189
Segment assets                          65,648       312,964        14,094       392,706       53,977         125,504       572,187


</TABLE>




                                       48
<PAGE>


          The  primary  measurement  tool in  segment  performance  analysis  is
earnings  before  interest  and taxes  ("EBIT").  Interest  expense is primarily
generated at the corporate level and is not allocated to the reporting segments.
Income taxes are likewise  calculated and paid on a corporate  level (except for
entities that operate  within  foreign  jurisdictions)  and are not allocated to
reportable segments.  Due to the nature of the restructuring charge,  management
has not  allocated the  components  of the charge to the  reporting  segments in
order to enhance  comparability  between periods. A reconciliation of reportable
segment EBIT to consolidated EBIT is presented below (in thousands):

YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31,
- ------------------------- ----------- ------------ -----------
                                1999         1998        1997
- ------------------------- ----------- ------------ -----------
Reportable segment
   EBIT                     $ 19,532    $ 78,596     $ 63,411
All others EBIT               (3,158)     (3,866)        (901)
Corporate items:
   Restructuring charge      (16,282)
   Intercompany rent
      charges                  4,316       3,663        4,853
                          ----------- ------------ -----------
Consolidated EBIT           $  4,408    $ 78,393     $ 67,363
                          ----------- ------------ -----------

          Corporate assets such as cash, accounts  receivable,  fixed assets and
other assets are not  generally  allocated to  reportable  segments for business
analysis purposes. However, inventories,  goodwill and identifiable fixed assets
(primarily  leasehold  improvements in retail stores) are classified by segment.
Intangible  assets  generated  from the Merger are  primarily  allocated  to the
Training and Education SBU. A  reconciliation  of segment assets to consolidated
assets is as follows (in thousands):


YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31,
- ------------------------- ----------- ------------ -----------
                                1999         1998        1997
- ------------------------- ----------- ------------ -----------
Reportable segment
   assets                   $397,595    $372,616     $392,706
All others' assets            44,158      55,593       53,977
Corporate assets             230,251     229,764      212,550
Intercompany
   accounts receivable       (48,701)    (60,696)     (87,046)
                          ----------- ------------ -----------
Consolidated assets         $623,303    $597,277     $572,187
                          ----------- ------------ -----------

Enterprise-Wide Information

          The Company's  revenues are derived  primarily from the United States.
However,  the Company  operates  direct  offices or contracts  with licensees to
provide  products and services to various  countries  throughout the world.  The
Company's  consolidated  revenues and long-lived assets by geographic region are
as follows (in thousands):

YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31,
- --------------------------- ----------- ------------ -----------
                                   1999        1998         199
- --------------------------- ----------- ------------ -----------
Sales:
    United States              $504,388    $501,544    $409,345
    Americas                     15,844      16,587      10,137
    Japan/Greater China          16,614       9,741       3,067
    Europe/Middle East            8,084       8,265       6,071
    Australasia                   6,629       6,141       3,396
    Others                        3,364       4,334       1,256
                             ----------- ----------- ------------
                               $554,923    $546,612    $433,272
                             ----------- ----------- ------------


Long-Lived Assets:
    United States              $400,989    $412,688    $397,910
    Americas                      2,087         946       1,196
    Japan/Greater China           6,346       5,046         281
    Europe/Middle East              558         591         635
    Australasia                   1,677       2,713       2,272
    Others                                                  150
                             ----------- ----------- ------------
                               $411,657    $421,984    $402,444
                             ----------- ----------- ------------

                                       49
<PAGE>


          Amounts reported under the "Americas"  caption include North and South
America except the United States. Australasia consists of Australia, New Zealand
and neighboring countries such as Indonesia and Malaysia. Intersegment sales are
immaterial and eliminated upon consolidation.


18. MERGER, ACQUISITIONS & DIVESTING ACTIVITIES

          In January 1999, the Company acquired the assets of Khalsa  Associates
for $2.7 million in cash. Khalsa Associates is a leading sales training company.
The  acquisition  was accounted for using the purchase  method of accounting and
generated $2.7 million of intangible  assets,  which are being  amortized over a
ten-year life.

          Effective  August 1, 1998,  the Company sold its  Institute of Fitness
located near St. George, Utah for $13.4 million in cash. During fiscal 1998, the
Company also sold certain  consulting  units and  discontinued its operations at
certain  international  locations.  The net  impact  of these  divestitures  was
immaterial to the consolidated financial statements of the Company.

          Effective  April 1, 1998, the Company  acquired King Bear, Inc. ("King
Bear") a Tokyo,  Japan  based  company.  King  Bear,  a former  Covey  licensee,
provides leadership and time management training as well as publishing services.
The publishing division of King Bear translated and currently publishes 7 Habits
of Highly Effective People in Japanese. The cash purchase price was $5.3 million
with  additional  contingent  payments to be made over the next five years based
upon the  operating  results of King Bear over that same period.  No  contingent
payments have been paid or accrued based upon King Bear's fiscal 1999  operating
results.  The  acquisition  of King Bear was  accounted  for using the  purchase
method of accounting and generated $4.3 million of intangible assets,  which are
being amortized over an estimated useful life of 15 years.

          During fiscal 1997,  Franklin and Covey merged to form Franklin  Covey
Co. In the Merger,  the Company issued  5,030,894  shares of its common stock in
exchange  for all of the  issued and  outstanding  capital  stock of Covey.  The
Company's  shares  were  valued at $22.16 per share,  which was the  average per
share  closing  sales  price of  Franklin  common  stock  on the New York  Stock
Exchange  for the  twenty  consecutive  trading  days  ended  May 28,  1997.  In
connection with the Merger, the Company also acquired certain license rights for
$27.0 million in cash.

          The Merger was accounted  for using the purchase  method of accounting
and generated  approximately $175.6 million of intangible assets which are being
amortized over estimated useful lives ranging from 12 to 40 years. In connection
with  recording  the tax effects of the Merger,  the  Company  recognized  a net
deferred tax liability  totaling $24.0 million with a corresponding  increase to
goodwill which is being amortized over 30 years.

          On March 1, 1997, the Company acquired Premier with operations located
in Bellingham, Washington and Abbotsford, British Columbia. Premier manufactures
and markets  academic and personal  planners for students from  kindergarten  to
college throughout the U.S. and Canada. Premier's business is seasonal in nature
and nearly all of its  revenue is  recognized  in the  Company's  fourth  fiscal
quarter.  The combined  cash purchase  price was $23.2  million with  additional
contingent  payments  to be made  over the  following  three  years  based  upon
Premier's  operating  performance  over  that  same  time  period.  The  Premier
acquisition  was  accounted  for using the  purchase  method of  accounting  and
generated  $27.6 million of intangible  assets that are being  amortized over an
estimated  useful life of 15 years. In connection with recording the tax effects
of the Premier  acquisition,  the Company  recognized a deferred  tax  liability


                                       50
<PAGE>

totaling $5.4 million with a  corresponding  increase to goodwill which is being
amortized  over 15 years.  As of August 31, 1999, the Company has made aggregate
contingent payments of $21.5 million.  Such payments were classified as goodwill
and are  being  amortized  over the  remaining  life of the  original  purchased
goodwill.  As of August 31, 1999,  $10.9  million has been accrued for the final
contingent payment.

          Effective  October 1, 1996,  the  Company  acquired  the net assets of
TrueNorth  Corporation   ("Personal   Coaching").   Personal  Coaching,  a  Utah
Corporation,   is  a  provider  of   post-instructional   personal  coaching  to
corporations and individuals. Personal Coaching develops and delivers one-on-one
personalized  coaching  which is  designed  to  augment  the  effectiveness  and
duration of training curricula. The purchase price was $10.0 million in cash. In
addition,  contingent  payments  may be made over the next five  years  based on
Personal Coaching's operating performance.  The acquisition of Personal Coaching
was accounted for using the purchase  method of  accounting  and generated  $9.3
million of intangible  assets that are being amortized over an estimated  useful
life of 15  years.  As of  August  31,  1999,  the  Company  has made  aggregate
contingent  payments of $5.3 million.  Such payments were classified as goodwill
and are  being  amortized  over the  remaining  life of the  original  purchased
goodwill.  As of August 31,  1999,  $5.0  million has been accrued for the third
contingent payment.


19. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

          The unaudited quarterly financial  information  included on page 22 of
the  annual  report to  shareholders  is an  integral  part of the  consolidated
financial statements.


20. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

          Subsequent to August 31, 1999, the Company was negotiating the sale of
the commercial  printing division of Publishers'  Press, a wholly owned printing
services subsidiary. The Company intends to retain printing operations dedicated
to the production of its  paper-based  planners.  The transaction is expected to
close during fiscal 2000.  Total sales price is contingent upon various factors,
including normal due diligence procedures.  The Company does not expect to incur
a loss from the sale of these assets.

          During  September  1999,  the  Company  acquired  the  assets  of  the
Professional  Resources  Organization (the Jack Phillips Group) for $1.5 million
in cash.  The  Professional  Resources  Organization  is a  leading  measurement
assessment firm specializing in measuring the impact and return on investment of
training and consulting  programs.  The  acquisition was accounted for using the
purchase  method of accounting and generated $1.5 million of intangible  assets,
which are being amortized over a ten-year life.



Item 9.   CHANGES IN AND  DISAGREEMENTS  WITH  ACCOUNTANTS  ON ACCOUNTING AND
          FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

          None.




                                       51
<PAGE>




                                 PART III


Item 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

          The information  required by this Item is incorporated by reference to
the  sections  entitled  "Election  of  Directors,"   "Executive  Officers"  and
"Executive  Compensation"  in the Company's  definitive  Proxy Statement for the
annual  meeting of  shareholders  which is  scheduled  to be held on January 28,
2000.  The  definitive  Proxy  Statement  will be filed with the  Securities and
Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended.


Item 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

          The information  required by this Item is incorporated by reference to
the  sections  titled  "Election  of   Directors--Director   Compensation"   and
"Executive  Compensation"  in the Company's  definitive  Proxy Statement for the
annual  meeting of  shareholders  which is  scheduled  to be held on January 28,
2000.


Item 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

         The  information  required by this Item is incorporated by reference to
the section  titled  "Principal  Holders of Voting  Securities" in the Company's
definitive  Proxy  Statement  for the annual  meeting of  shareholders  which is
scheduled to be held on January 28, 2000.


Item 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

         The  information  required by this Item is incorporated by reference to
the section  titled  "Certain  Relationships  and Related  Transactions"  in the
Company's  definitive  Proxy  Statement for the annual  meeting of  shareholders
which is scheduled to be held on January 28, 2000.





                                       52
<PAGE>


                                   PART IV


Item 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

       (a)    Documents Filed

              1.    Financial Statements.  The following  Consolidated Financial
                    Statements of the Company and Report of  Independent  Public
                    Accountants   for  the  year  ended  August  31,  1999,  are
                    included herewith:

                    o    Report of Arthur Andersen LLP,  Independent Public
                         Accountants,  for the years ended August 31, 1999,
                         1998 and 1997

                    o    Consolidated Balance Sheets at August 31, 1999 and
                         1998

                    o    Consolidated  Statements  of Income  for the years
                         ended August 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997

                    o    Consolidated  Statements of  Shareholders'  Equity
                         for the years ended August 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997

                    o    Consolidated  Statements  of  Cash  Flows  for the
                         years ended August 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997

                    o    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

              2.    Exhibit List.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

 Exhibit                                                     Incorporated     Filed
   No.                 Exhibit                               by Reference    Herewith
 -------- -------------------------------------------------  -------------   ----------
   <S>    <C>                                                  <C>              <C>
   3.1    Revised Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant  (1)

   3.2    Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant        (1)

   3.3    Articles of Amendment to Revised Articles of         (7)
          Incorporation of the Registrant (filed as Exhibit
          2 to Schedule 13D)

   4.1    Specimen Certificate of the Registrant's Common      (2)
          Stock par value $.05 per share

   4.2    Stockholder Agreements, dated May 11, 1999 and       (7)
          June 2, 1999 (filed as Exhibits 1 and 3 to
          Schedule 13D)

   4.3    Registration Rights Agreement, dated June 2, 1999    (7)
          (filed as Exhibit 4 to Schedule 13D)

   4.4    Subscription Offering of Nontransferrable Rights     (8)
          to Purchasee up to 750,000 Series A Preferred
          Shares at $100 per share

  10.1    Amended and Restated 1992 Employee Stock             (3)
          Purchase Plan

  10.2    First Amendment to Amended and Restated 1992         (4)
          Stock Initiative Plan

  10.3    Franklin 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan                  (1)

  10.4    Forms of Nonstatutory Stock Options                  (1)

  10.5    Lease Agreements, as amended and proposed to be      (5)
          amended by and between Covey Corporate Campus One,
          LLC and Covey Corporate Campus Two, LLC (Landlord)
          and Covey Leadership Center, Inc. (Tenant) which
          were assumed by Franklin Covey Co. in the Merger
          with Covey Leadership Center, Inc.


                                    53
<PAGE>


 10.6    Notes Payable Purchase Agreement for $85.0 million   (6)
          of 6% unsecured senior notes payable, due May 2008

  10.7    Credit  Agreement with Bank One, NA and Zions                         (9)
          First National Bank, dated October 8, 1999

   21     Subsidiaries of the Registrant                                        (9)

  23.1    Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP, Independent Public                    (9)
          Accountants

   27     Financial Data Schedule                                               (9)

  99.1    Report of Arthur Andersen LLP, Independent Public                     (9)
          Accountants, Consolidated Financial Statement Schedule
          for the years ended August 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997

  99.2    Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves                        (9)
          Schedule. Financial statements and schedules
          other than those listed are omitted for the reason
          that they are not required or are not applicable,
          or the required information is shown in the
          Financial Statements or Notes thereto, or contained
          in this Report.


- ------------------------------------------------------------

(1)       Incorporated by reference to Registration  Statement on Form S-1 filed
          with the Commission on April 17, 1992,  Registration No. 33-47283.

(2)       Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement
          on Form S-1 filed with the  Commission  on May 26, 1992,  Registration
          No.  33-47283.

(3)       Incorporated  by reference  to Report on Form 10-K filed  November 27,
          1992,  for the  year  ended  August  31,  1992.

(4)       Incorporated by reference to Registration  Statement on Form S-1 filed
          with the Commission on January 3, 1994, Registration No. 33-73728.

(5)       Incorporated  by  reference  to Report on Form 10-K filed  December 1,
          1997,  for the  year  ended  August  31,  1997.

(6)       Incorporated  by reference to Report on Form 10-Q filed July 14, 1998,
          for the quarter ended May 31, 1998.

(7)       Incorporated  by reference to Schedule  13D (CUSIP No.  353469109)  as
          filed  with  the  Commission  on June 2,  1999.

(8)       Incorporated by reference to Registration  Statement on Form S-3 filed
          with the Commission on October 22, 1999,  Registration No.  333-89541.

(9)       Filed herewith and attached to this report.


</TABLE>


                                       54
<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES


         Pursuant to the  requirements  of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on November 22, 1999.

                               FRANKLIN COVEY CO.



                                 By:    /s/  ROBERT A. WHITMAN
                                    ------------------------------------------
                                    Robert A. Whitman, Chairman of the Board
                                    of Directors and Chief Executive Officer


         Pursuant to the  requirements  of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
this  report has been  signed  below by the  following  persons on behalf of the
Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                    Signature                                      Title                             Date

<S>                                                  <C>                                   <C>
/s/ ROBERT A. WHITMAN                                Chairman of the Board and Chief       November 22, 1999
- -----------------------------------------------      Executive Officer
Robert A. Whitman


/s/ HYRUM W. SMITH                                   Vice Chairman of the Board            November 22, 1999
- -----------------------------------------------
Hyrum W. Smith


/s/ STEPHEN R. COVEY                                 Vice Chairman of the Board            November 22, 1999
- -----------------------------------------------
Stephen R. Covey


/s/ STEPHEN M. R. COVEY                              Executive Vice President and          November 22, 1999
- -----------------------------------------------      Director
Stephen M. R. Covey


/s/ JOHN L. THELER                                   Executive Vice President and          November 22, 1999
- -----------------------------------------------      Chief Financial Officer
John L. Theler

 /s/ J. SCOTT NIELSEN                                Chief Accounting Officer              November 22, 1999
- -----------------------------------------------
J. Scott Nielsen




                                       55
<PAGE>






/s/  ROBERT H. DAINES                                Director                              November 22, 1999
- -----------------------------------------------
Robert H. Daines

/s/ E. J. "JAKE" GARN                                Director                              November 22, 1999
- -----------------------------------------------
E. J. "Jake" Garn

/s/  DENNIS G. HEINER                                Director                              November 22, 1999
- -----------------------------------------------
Dennis G. Heiner

/s/ BRIAN A. KRISAK                                  Director                              November 22, 1999
- -----------------------------------------------
Brian A. Krisak

/s/ DONALD J. MCNAMARA                               Director                              November 22, 1999
- -----------------------------------------------
Donald J. McNamara

/s/ JOEL C. PETERSON                                 Director                              November 22, 1999
- -----------------------------------------------
Joel C. Peterson

/s/ KAY E. STEPP                                     Director                              November 22, 1999
- -----------------------------------------------
Kay E. Stepp

/s/ STEVEN C. WHEELWRIGHT                            Director                              November 22, 1999
- -----------------------------------------------
Steven C. Wheelwright


</TABLE>





                                       56


<PAGE>

Exhibit
   No.                 Exhibit                                       Page No.
 -------- -------------------------------------------------      -------------

   3.1    Revised Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant

   3.2    Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant

   3.3    Articles of Amendment to Revised Articles of
          Incorporation of the Registrant (filed as Exhibit
          2 to Schedule 13D)

   4.1    Specimen Certificate of the Registrant's Common
          Stock par value $.05 per share

   4.2    Stockholder Agreements, dated May 11, 1999 and
          June 2, 1999 (filed as Exhibits 1 and 3 to
          Schedule 13D)

   4.3    Registration Rights Agreement, dated June 2, 1999
          (filed as Exhibit 4 to Schedule 13D)

   4.4    Subscription Offering of Nontransferrable Rights
          to Purchasee up to 750,000 Series A Preferred
          Shares at $100 per share

  10.1    Amended and Restated 1992 Employee Stock
          Purchase Plan

  10.2    First Amendment to Amended and Restated 1992
          Stock Initiative Plan

  10.3    Franklin 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

  10.4    Forms of Nonstatutory Stock Options

  10.5    Lease Agreements, as amended and proposed to be
          amended by and between Covey Corporate Campus One,
          LLC and Covey Corporate Campus Two, LLC (Landlord)
          and Covey Leadership Center, Inc. (Tenant) which
          were assumed by Franklin Covey Co. in the Merger
          with Covey Leadership Center, Inc.

  10.6    Notes Payable Purchase Agreement for $85.0 million
          of 6% unsecured senior notes payable, due May 2008

  10.7    Credit  Agreement with Bank One, NA and Zions                58
          First National Bank, dated October 8, 1999

   21     Subsidiaries of the Registrant                              128

  23.1    Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP, Independent Public          129
          Accountants

   27     Financial Data Schedule                                     132

  99.1    Report of Arthur Andersen LLP, Independent Public           130
          Accountants, Consolidated Financial Statement Schedule
          for the years ended August 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997

  99.2    Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves              131
          Schedule. Financial statements and schedules
          other than those listed are omitted for the reason
          that they are not required or are not applicable,
          or the required information is shown in the
          Financial Statements or Notes thereto, or contained
          in this Report.





                                       57
<PAGE>


EXHIBIT 10.6


                                 CREDIT AGREEMENT

         This  Agreement,  dated as of October 8, 1999, is among  FRANKLIN COVEY
CO., a Utah  corporation (the  "Borrower"),  the lenders from time to time party
hereto (the "Lenders"),  with BANK ONE, NA ("Bank One") and ZIONS FIRST NATIONAL
BANK ("Zions")  being the initial  Lenders  hereunder,  BANK ONE,  acting in the
capacity as managing  agent for the Lenders  (in such  capacity,  the  "Managing
Agent"),  ZIONS,  acting in the  capacity  as letter of credit  issuer  (in such
capacity,  the LC  Issuer"),  and BANK ONE AND ZIONS,  acting in the capacity as
co-agents  for the  Lenders (in such  capacity,  the  "Co-Agents").  The parties
hereto agree as follows:



                                   ARTICLE I

                                  DEFINITIONS
                                  -----------


         As used in this Agreement:

         "Acquisition"   means  any  transaction,   or  any  series  of  related
transactions,  consummated on or after the date of this Agreement,  by which the
Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries  (i) acquires any going  business or all or
substantially  all of the assets of any firm,  corporation or limited  liability
company,  or division  thereof,  whether through  purchase of assets,  merger or
otherwise or (ii) directly or indirectly  acquires (in one transaction or as the
most recent  transaction  in a series of  transactions)  at least a majority (in
number of votes) of the securities of a corporation  which have ordinary  voting
power for the election of  directors  (other than  securities  having such power
only by reason of the happening of a  contingency)  or a majority (by percentage
or voting power) of the  outstanding  ownership  interests of a  partnership  or
limited liability company.

         "Advance" means a borrowing  hereunder,  (i) made by the Lenders on the
same  Borrowing  Date, or (ii) converted or continued by the Lenders on the same
date of conversion or continuation, consisting, in either case, of the aggregate
amount of the  several  Loans of the same Type  and,  in the case of  Eurodollar
Loans, for the same Interest Period.

         "Affiliate" of any Person means any other Person directly or indirectly
controlling,  controlled by or under common  control with such Person.  A Person
shall be deemed to control another Person if the controlling  Person owns 10% or
more of any class of voting  securities  (or other  ownership  interests) of the
controlled Person or possesses,  directly or indirectly,  the power to direct or
cause the  direction of the  management  or policies of the  controlled  Person,
whether through ownership of stock, by contract or otherwise.

         "Aggregate  Commitment"  means the aggregate of the  Commitments of all
the Lenders, as reduced from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof.



                                       58
<PAGE>


         "Aggregate  Outstanding  Credit  Exposure"  means,  at  any  time,  the
aggregate of the Outstanding Credit Exposure of all the Lenders.

         "Agreement"  means  this  credit  agreement,  as it may be  amended  or
modified and in effect from time to time.

         "Agreement  Accounting  Principles" means generally accepted accounting
principles as in effect from time to time,  applied in a manner  consistent with
that used in preparing the financial statements referred to in Section 5.4.

         "Arranger"   means  Banc  One  Capital   Markets,   Inc.,   a  Delaware
corporation,  and its successors, in its capacity as Lead Arranger and Sole Book
Runner.

         "Article" means an article of this Agreement unless another document is
specifically referenced.

          "Authorized  Officer"  means  any of the  following  Persons:  John L.
Theler,  Richard R. Putnam,  Val John  Christensen or J. Scott  Nielsen,  acting
singly.

         "Available  Aggregate  Commitment"  means,  at any time,  the Aggregate
Commitment  then in effect minus the Aggregate  Outstanding  Credit  Exposure at
such time.

         "Bank One" means Bank One, NA, a national  banking  association  having
its principal office in Chicago,  Illinois, in its individual capacity,  and its
successors.

          "Borrower"  means  Franklin  Covey  Co., a Utah  corporation,  and its
successors and assigns.

         "Borrowing Date" means a date on which an Advance is made hereunder.

         "Borrowing Notice" is defined in Section 2.8.

         "Business Day" means (i) with respect to any borrowing, payment or rate
selection  of  Eurodollar  Advances,  a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on
which banks generally are open in Salt Lake City,  Utah,  Chicago,  Illinois and
New York,  New York for the  conduct of  substantially  all of their  commercial
lending  activities,  interbank wire transfers can be made on the Fedwire system
and  dealings in United  States  dollars are carried on in the London  interbank
market and (ii) for all other purposes,  a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday)
on which banks  generally  are open in Chicago for the conduct of  substantially
all of their commercial  lending  activities and interbank wire transfers can be
made on the Fedwire system.

         "Capital Expenditures" means, without duplication, any expenditures for
any purchase or other  acquisition  of any asset which would be  classified as a
fixed or capital asset on a  consolidated  balance sheet of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries   prepared  in  accordance  with  Agreement  Accounting  Principles
excluding (i) the cost of assets acquired with  Capitalized  Lease  Obligations,
and (ii)  expenditures  of  insurance  proceeds  to rebuild or replace any asset
after a casualty loss.

         "Capitalized  Lease" of a Person  means any lease of  Property  by such
Person as lessee which would be  capitalized  on a balance  sheet of such Person
prepared in accordance with Agreement Accounting Principles.


                                       59
<PAGE>


         "Capitalized  Lease  Obligations"  of a Person  means the amount of the
obligations  of such Person under  Capitalized  Leases which would be shown as a
liability  on a  balance  sheet  of such  Person  prepared  in  accordance  with
Agreement Accounting Principles.

         "Cash Equivalent  Investments" means (i) short-term  obligations of, or
fully  guaranteed by, the United States of America,  (ii) commercial paper rated
A-1 or better by S&P or P-1 or better by Moody's,  (iii) demand deposit accounts
maintained in the ordinary course of business,  and (iv) certificates of deposit
issued by and time deposits with commercial banks (whether  domestic or foreign)
having capital and surplus in excess of $100,000,000; provided in each case that
the same provides for payment of both  principal and interest (and not principal
alone or interest  alone) and is not subject to any  contingency  regarding  the
payment of principal or interest.

         "Change in Control" means the acquisition by any Person, or two or more
Persons acting in concert,  of beneficial  ownership (within the meaning of Rule
13d-3 of the Securities and Exchange  Commission  under the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934) of 20% or more of the  outstanding  shares of  voting  stock of the
Borrower.

         "Co-Agents" means Bank One and Zions in their capacities as contractual
representative of the Lenders and not in their individual capacities as Lenders.

         "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, reformed or
otherwise modified from time to time.

         "Collateral Shortfall Amount" is defined in Section 8.1.

         "Commitment"  means, for each Lender,  the obligation of such Lender to
make Loans to, and  participate in Facility LCs issued upon the  application of,
the Borrower in an aggregate  amount not  exceeding  the amount set forth on the
current Commitment Schedule.

         "Commitment  Schedule"  means a schedule  setting forth for each Lender
such Lender's  current  Commitment,  as such amount may be modified from time to
time pursuant to the terms hereof, with the Commitment Schedule in effect at the
date of this Agreement attached hereto as Schedule 3.

         "Consolidated  Capital  Expenditures"  means,  with  reference  to  any
period, the Capital Expenditures of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries calculated
on a consolidated basis for such period.

         "Consolidated EBITDA" means Consolidated Net Income plus, to the extent
deducted from revenues in determining  Consolidated Net Income, (i) Consolidated
Interest Expense,  (ii) expense for taxes paid or accrued,  (iii)  depreciation,
(iv)  amortization  and (v)  extraordinary  losses  incurred  other  than in the
ordinary course of business,  minus, to the extent included in Consolidated  Net
Income,  extraordinary  gains  realized  other  than in the  ordinary  course of
business, all calculated for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated
basis and adjusted,  on a one time basis,  for a charge actually taken on August
31, 1999 in an amount not to exceed $27,000,000.00.

         "Consolidated  Funded  Indebtedness"  means at any  time the  aggregate
dollar amount of Consolidated Indebtedness which has actually been funded and is
outstanding  at such time,  whether or not such amount is due or payable at such
time.



                                       60
<PAGE>



         "Consolidated  Indebtedness"  means at any time the Indebtedness of the
Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  calculated  on a  consolidated  basis as of such
time.

         "Consolidated  Interest  Expense" means,  with reference to any period,
the  interest  expense of the  Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries  calculated  on a
consolidated basis for such period.

         "Consolidated Net Income" means, with reference to any period,  the net
income  (or  loss)  of  the  Borrower  and  its  Subsidiaries  calculated  on  a
consolidated basis for such period.

         "Consolidated   Net   Worth"   means  at  any  time  the   consolidated
stockholders'  equity  of the  Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries  calculated  on a
consolidated basis as of such time.

         "Consolidated Rentals" means, with reference to any period, the Rentals
of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries calculated on a consolidated basis for such
period.

         "Contingent Obligation" of a Person means any agreement, undertaking or
arrangement by which such Person  assumes,  guarantees,  endorses,  contingently
agrees to purchase or provide funds for the payment of, or otherwise  becomes or
is contingently liable upon, the obligation or liability of any other Person, or
agrees to maintain the net worth or working capital or other financial condition
of any other  Person,  or  otherwise  assures any  creditor of such other Person
against loss,  including,  without  limitation,  any comfort  letter,  operating
agreement, take-or-pay contract or the obligations of any such Person as general
partner of a partnership with respect to the liabilities of the partnership.

         "Conversion/Continuation Notice" is defined in Section 2.9.

         "Controlled   Group"  means  all  members  of  a  controlled  group  of
corporations or other business entities and all trades or businesses (whether or
not incorporated) under common control which,  together with the Borrower or any
of its  Subsidiaries,  are treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the
Code.

         "Corporate  Base Rate"  means a rate per annum  equal to the  corporate
base rate or prime rate of interest announced by Bank One or by its parent, BANK
ONE  CORPORATION,  from time to time,  changing when and as said  corporate base
rate or prime rate changes.

          "Credit Extension" means the making of an Advance or the issuance of a
Facility LC hereunder.

         "Credit  Extension Date" means the Borrowing Date for an Advance or the
issuance date for a Facility LC.

         "Default" means an event described in Article VII.

         "Environmental  Laws"  means  any and all  federal,  state,  local  and
foreign statutes,  laws, judicial  decisions,  regulations,  ordinances,  rules,
judgments, orders, decrees, plans, injunctions,  permits,  concessions,  grants,
franchises, licenses, agreements and other governmental restrictions relating to
(i) the  protection of the  environment,  (ii) the effect of the  environment on
human  health,   (iii)   emissions,   discharges  or  releases  of   pollutants,
contaminants, hazardous substances or wastes into surface water, ground water or
land,  or  (iv)  the  manufacture,  processing,  distribution,  use,  treatment,
storage, disposal, transport or handling of pollutants,  contaminants, hazardous
substances or wastes or the clean-up or other remediation thereof.


                                       61
<PAGE>

         "ERISA" means the Employee  Retirement  Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended from time to time, and any rule or regulation issued thereunder.

         "Eurodollar  Advance"  means an  Advance  which,  except  as  otherwise
provided in Section 2.11, bears interest at the applicable Eurodollar Rate.

         "Eurodollar Base Rate" means, with respect to a Eurodollar  Advance for
the relevant  Interest  Period,  the  applicable  British  Bankers'  Association
Interest  Settlement  Rate for  deposits in U.S.  dollars  appearing  on Reuters
Screen FRBD as of 11:00 a.m.  (London time) two Business Days prior to the first
day of such  Interest  Period,  and  having a  maturity  equal to such  Interest
Period,  provided  that,  (i) if Reuters  Screen  FRBD is not  available  to the
Managing  Agent for any  reason,  the  applicable  Eurodollar  Base Rate for the
relevant  Interest  Period  shall  instead be the  applicable  British  Bankers'
Association Interest Settlement Rate for deposits in U.S. dollars as reported by
any other generally  recognized  financial  information service as of 11:00 a.m.
(London time) two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest  Period,
and having a maturity equal to such Interest Period, and (ii) if no such British
Bankers'  Association  Interest  Settlement  Rate is  available  to the Managing
Agent,  the applicable  Eurodollar  Base Rate for the relevant  Interest  Period
shall  instead be the rate  determined  by the Managing  Agent to be the rate at
which Bank One or one of its  Affiliate  banks offers to place  deposits in U.S.
dollars with  first-class  banks in the London interbank market at approximately
11:00  a.m.  (London  time)  two  Business  Days  prior to the first day of such
Interest  Period,  in the approximate  amount of Bank One's relevant  Eurodollar
Loan and having a maturity equal to such Interest Period.

         "Eurodollar Loan" means a Loan which,  except as otherwise  provided in
Section 2.11, bears interest at the applicable Eurodollar Rate.

         "Eurodollar Rate" means,  with respect to a Eurodollar  Advance for the
relevant Interest Period, the sum of (i) the quotient of (a) the Eurodollar Base
Rate  applicable to such Interest  Period,  divided by (b) one minus the Reserve
Requirement  (expressed as a decimal)  applicable to such Interest Period,  plus
(ii)  during the period from  September  1, 1999 to but not  including  April 1,
2000, 1.50%, and, thereafter, 2.00%.

         "Excluded  Taxes"  means,  in the  case of each  Lender  or  applicable
Lending  Installation  and the Managing Agent,  taxes imposed on its overall net
income,  and franchise  taxes imposed on it, by (i) the  jurisdiction  under the
laws of which such Lender or the Managing Agent is  incorporated or organized or
(ii) the jurisdiction in which the Managing  Agent's or such Lender's  principal
executive office or such Lender's applicable Lending Installation is located.

         "Exhibit"  refers  to an  exhibit  to this  Agreement,  unless  another
document is specifically referenced.

         "Facility LC" is defined in Section 2.19.1.

         "Facility LC Application" is defined in Section 2.19.3.

         "Facility LC Collateral Account" is defined in Section 2.19.11.

         "Facility  Termination  Date" means October 1, 2001 or any earlier date
on which the  Aggregate  Commitment  is reduced to zero or otherwise  terminated
pursuant to the terms hereof.



                                       62
<PAGE>



         "Federal Funds Effective Rate" means, for any day, an interest rate per
annum equal to the  weighted  average of the rates on  overnight  Federal  funds
transactions  with  members of the Federal  Reserve  System  arranged by Federal
funds  brokers on such day, as published  for such day (or, if such day is not a
Business Day, for the immediately preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve
Bank of New York,  or, if such rate is not so  published  for any day which is a
Business Day, the average of the quotations at approximately 10:00 a.m. (Chicago
time) on such day on such transactions received by the Managing Agent from three
Federal funds brokers of recognized  standing  selected by the Managing Agent in
its sole discretion.

         "Floating  Rate Advance"  means an Advance  which,  except as otherwise
provided in Section 2.11, bears interest at the Corporate Base Rate.

         "Floating Rate Loan" means a Loan which,  except as otherwise  provided
in Section 2.11, bears interest at the Corporate Base Rate.

         "Indebtedness"  of a Person  means such  Person's (i)  obligations  for
borrowed money,  (ii) obligations  representing  the deferred  purchase price of
Property or services (other than accounts payable arising in the ordinary course
of such  Person's  business  payable on terms  customary  in the  trade),  (iii)
obligations,  whether or not  assumed,  secured  by Liens or payable  out of the
proceeds or production  from Property now or hereafter owned or acquired by such
Person,  (iv) obligations  which are evidenced by notes,  acceptances,  or other
instruments,  (v)  obligations  of such Person to purchase  securities  or other
Property  arising  out  of or in  connection  with  the  sale  of  the  same  or
substantially   similar   securities  or  Property,   (vi)   Capitalized   Lease
Obligations,  (vii) any  liabilities  for accrued and unpaid  earnout or similar
obligations associated with Acquisitions,  (viii) Contingent  Obligations,  (ix)
the dollar amount of any revolving  securitization of trade or notes receivable,
and (x) any other obligation for borrowed money or other financial accommodation
which in accordance  with Agreement  Accounting  Principles  would be shown as a
liability on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person.

         "Interest Period" means, with respect to a Eurodollar Advance, a period
of one,  two,  three or six months  commencing on a Business Day selected by the
Borrower  pursuant to this Agreement.  Such Interest Period shall end on the day
which  corresponds  numerically  to such  date  one,  two,  three or six  months
thereafter,   provided,   however,   that  if  there  is  no  such   numerically
corresponding  day in such next,  second,  third or sixth succeeding month, such
Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day of such next,  second,  third
or sixth  succeeding  month.  If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day
which  is not a  Business  Day,  such  Interest  Period  shall  end on the  next
succeeding  Business  Day,  provided,  however,  that  if said  next  succeeding
Business Day falls in a new calendar  month,  such Interest  Period shall end on
the immediately preceding Business Day.

         "Investment"   of  a  Person  means  any  loan,   advance  (other  than
commission,  travel and similar  advances to officers and employees  made in the
ordinary  course  of  business),   extension  of  credit  (other  than  accounts
receivable  arising in the ordinary course of business on terms customary in the
trade) or contribution of capital by such Person;  stocks,  bonds, mutual funds,
partnership  interests,  notes,  debentures  or other  securities  owned by such
Person;  any deposit  accounts and  certificate of deposit owned by such Person;
and  structured  notes,  derivative  financial  instruments  and  other  similar
instruments or contracts owned by such Person.

         "LC Fee" is defined in Section 2.19.4.


                                       63
<PAGE>


          "LC Issuer"  means  Zions,  in its  capacity as issuer of Facility LCs
hereunder.

         "LC Obligations" means, at any time, the sum, without  duplication,  of
(i) the aggregate  undrawn  stated amount under all Facility LCs  outstanding at
such  time  plus  (ii)  the  aggregate   unpaid  amount  at  such  time  of  all
Reimbursement Obligations.

         "LC Payment Date" is defined in Section 2.19.5.

         "Lenders" means the lending  institutions listed on the signature pages
of this Agreement and their respective successors and assigns.

         "Lending  Installation" means, with respect to a Lender or the Managing
Agent,  the  office,  branch,  subsidiary  or  affiliate  of such  Lender or the
Managing  Agent  listed  on the  signature  pages  hereof  or on a  Schedule  or
otherwise  selected by such  Lender or the  Managing  Agent  pursuant to Section
2.17.

         "Letter  of  Credit"  of a Person  means a letter of credit or  similar
instrument  which is issued  upon the  application  of such Person or upon which
such Person is an account party or for which such Person is in any way liable.

         "Lien"  means  any  lien  (statutory  or  other),   mortgage,   pledge,
hypothecation,  assignment,  deposit  arrangement,  encumbrance  or  preference,
priority or other security agreement or preferential  arrangement of any kind or
nature whatsoever  (including,  without limitation,  the interest of a vendor or
lessor under any conditional  sale,  Capitalized  Lease or other title retention
agreement).

         "Loan"  means,  with  respect  to a  Lender,  such  Lender's  loan made
pursuant to Article II (or any conversion or continuation thereof).

         "Loan Documents" means this Agreement, the Facility LC Applications and
any Notes issued pursuant to Section 2.13.

         "Maintenance Capital  Expenditures" means for any fiscal period Capital
Expenditures for the repair or maintenance of existing assets of the Borrower or
a Subsidiary in the normal course of business  during such fiscal  period,  with
such amount being automatically deemed to be 4% of sales of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries for such fiscal period.

         "Managing  Agent"  means  Bank  One  in  its  capacity  as  contractual
representative  of the Lenders  pursuant to Article X, and not in its individual
capacity as a Lender, and any successor  Administrative Agent appointed pursuant
to Article X.

         "Material  Adverse  Effect" means a material  adverse effect on (i) the
business, Property,  condition (financial or otherwise),  results of operations,
or prospects of the Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries  taken as a whole,  (ii) the
ability of the Borrower to perform its obligations under the Loan Documents,  or
(iii) the validity or  enforceability of any of the Loan Documents or the rights
or remedies of the Managing Agent, the LC Issuer or the Lenders thereunder.

         "Modify" and "Modification" are defined in Section 2.19.1.

         "Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc.


                                       64
<PAGE>

         "Multiemployer  Plan" means a Plan maintained  pursuant to a collective
bargaining  agreement  or any other  arrangement  to which the  Borrower  or any
member of the  Controlled  Group is a party to which more than one  employer  is
obligated to make contributions.

         "Non-U.S. Lender" is defined in Section 3.5(iv).

         "Note"  means any  promissory  note  issued at the  request of a Lender
pursuant to Section 2.13 in the form of Exhibit E.

         "Notice of Assignment" is defined in Section 12.3.2.

         "Obligations"  means all unpaid  principal  of and  accrued  and unpaid
interest on the Loans,  all  Reimbursement  Obligations,  all accrued and unpaid
fees and all expenses, reimbursements,  indemnities and other obligations of the
Borrower to the Lenders or to any Lender,  the Managing Agent,  the LC Issuer or
any indemnified party arising under the Loan Documents.

         "Off-Balance  Sheet  Liability"  of a Person  means (i) any  repurchase
obligation  or  liability  of such  Person  with  respect to  accounts  or notes
receivable sold by such Person,  (ii) any liability under any Sale and Leaseback
Transaction  which is not a Capitalized  Lease,  (iii) any  liability  under any
so-called "synthetic lease" transaction entered into by such Person, or (iv) any
obligation arising with respect to any other transaction which is the functional
equivalent  of or takes the place of borrowing  but which does not  constitute a
liability on the balance  sheets of such Person,  but excluding from this clause
(iv) Operating Leases.

         "Operating Lease" of a Person means any lease of Property (other than a
Capitalized  Lease)  by  such  Person  as  lessee  which  has an  original  term
(including any required renewals and any renewals effective at the option of the
lessor) of one year or more.

         "Operating Lease  Obligations"  means, as at any date of determination,
the amount obtained by aggregating the present values, determined in the case of
each particular Operating Lease by applying a discount rate (which discount rate
shall equal the discount rate which would be applied under Agreement  Accounting
Principles if such  Operating  Lease were a Capitalized  Lease) from the date on
which each fixed lease payment is due under such Operating Lease to such date of
determination, of all fixed lease payments due under all Operating Leases of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

         "Other Taxes" is defined in Section 3.5(ii).

         "Outstanding  Credit Exposure" means, as to any Lender at any time, the
sum of (i) the aggregate principal amount of its Loans outstanding at such time,
plus (ii) an amount  equal to its Pro Rata Share of the LC  Obligations  at such
time.

         "Participants" is defined in Section 12.2.1.

         "Payment Date" means the 1st day of each calendar month.

          "PBGC"  means  the  Pension  Benefit  Guaranty  Corporation,   or  any
successor thereto.


                                       65
<PAGE>


         "Person" means any natural person,  corporation,  firm,  joint venture,
partnership, limited liability company, association,  enterprise, trust or other
entity or  organization,  or any  government  or  political  subdivision  or any
agency, department or instrumentality thereof.

         "Plan" means an employee pension benefit plan which is covered by Title
IV of ERISA or subject to the minimum funding standards under Section 412 of the
Code as to which the Borrower or any member of the Controlled Group may have any
liability.

         "Property"  of a  Person  means  any and all  property,  whether  real,
personal, tangible, intangible, or mixed, of such Person, or other assets owned,
leased or operated by such Person.

         "Pro Rata Share" means,  with respect to a Lender, a portion equal to a
fraction the numerator of which is such Lender's  Commitment and the denominator
of which is the Aggregate Commitment.

         "Purchasers" is defined in Section 12.3.1.

         "Regulation  D" means  Regulation  D of the Board of  Governors  of the
Federal Reserve System as from time to time in effect and any successor  thereto
or other  regulation  or  official  interpretation  of said  Board of  Governors
relating  to reserve  requirements  applicable  to member  banks of the  Federal
Reserve System.

         "Regulation  U" means  Regulation  U of the Board of  Governors  of the
Federal Reserve System as from time to time in effect and any successor or other
regulation or official interpretation of said Board of Governors relating to the
extension of credit by banks for the purpose of  purchasing  or carrying  margin
stocks applicable to member banks of the Federal Reserve System.

         "Reimbursement  Obligations"  means,  at any time, the aggregate of all
obligations of the Borrower then outstanding under Section 2.19 to reimburse the
LC  Issuer  for  amounts  paid by the LC Issuer  in  respect  of any one or more
drawings under Facility LCs.

         "Rentals" of a Person means the aggregate fixed amounts payable by such
Person under any Operating Lease.

         "Reportable  Event" means a reportable event as defined in Section 4043
of ERISA and the regulations issued under such section,  with respect to a Plan,
excluding,  however,  such events as to which the PBGC has by regulation  waived
the  requirement of Section  4043(a) of ERISA that it be notified within 30 days
of the occurrence of such event,  provided,  however, that a failure to meet the
minimum funding  standard of Section 412 of the Code and of Section 302 of ERISA
shall be a Reportable Event regardless of the issuance of any such waiver of the
notice requirement in accordance with either Section 4043(a) of ERISA or Section
412(d) of the Code.

         "Reports" is defined in Section 9.6.

         "Required  Lenders" means Lenders in the aggregate  having at least 51%
of the Aggregate Commitment or, if the Aggregate Commitment has been terminated,
Lenders  in the  aggregate  holding  at least 51% of the  Aggregate  Outstanding
Credit  Exposure;  provided,  however,  that  if  there  are  only  two  Lenders
hereunder, the term "Required Lenders" shall mean both.


                                       66
<PAGE>


         "Reserve  Requirement"  means, with respect to an Interest Period,  the
maximum  aggregate  reserve  requirement  (including  all  basic,  supplemental,
marginal and other reserves) which is imposed under Regulation D on Eurocurrency
liabilities.

          "S&P" means  Standard and Poor's Ratings  Services,  a division of The
McGraw Hill Companies, Inc.

         "Sale and Leaseback  Transaction"  means any sale or other  transfer of
Property by any Person with the intent to lease such Property as lessee.

         "Schedule"  refers to a specific  schedule  to this  Agreement,  unless
another document is specifically referenced.

         "Section" means a numbered  section of this  Agreement,  unless another
document is specifically referenced.

         "Senior  Unsecured Notes" means the  $85,000,000.00 of senior unsecured
notes issued by the Borrower,  due in 2008, bearing interest at a rate per annum
of 6.64% and having principal  repayments  beginning in 2004,  together with all
amendments, modifications, extensions or replacements thereof.

         "Single  Employer Plan" means a Plan  maintained by the Borrower or any
member of the  Controlled  Group for  employees of the Borrower or any member of
the Controlled Group.

         "Subordinated  Indebtedness" of a Person means any Indebtedness of such
Person the payment of which is subordinated to payment of the Obligations to the
written satisfaction of the Required Lenders.

         "Subsidiary" of a Person means (i) any corporation more than 50% of the
outstanding  securities  having ordinary voting power of which shall at the time
be owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or by one or more
of its  Subsidiaries or by such Person and one or more of its  Subsidiaries,  or
(ii) any partnership,  limited liability company, association,  joint venture or
similar business  organization  more than 50% of the ownership  interests having
ordinary  voting  power  of which  shall at the time be so owned or  controlled.
Unless otherwise  expressly  provided,  all references  herein to a "Subsidiary"
shall mean a Subsidiary of the Borrower.

         "Substantial  Portion"  means,  with  respect  to the  Property  of the
Borrower and its  Subsidiaries,  Property which (i) represents  more than 10% of
the  consolidated  assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as would be shown
in the consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as
at the beginning of the twelve-month  period ending with the month in which such
determination  is  made,  or  (ii)  is  responsible  for  more  than  10% of the
consolidated net sales or of the consolidated net income of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries as reflected in the financial  statements referred to in clause (i)
above.

         "Taxes"  means any and all  present or future  taxes,  duties,  levies,
imposts, deductions,  charges or withholdings,  and any and all liabilities with
respect to the foregoing, but excluding Excluded Taxes and Other Taxes.

         "Transferee" is defined in Section 12.4.


                                       67
<PAGE>


         "Type"  means,  with respect to any  Advance,  its nature as a Floating
Rate Advance or a Eurodollar Advance.

         "Unfunded  Liabilities"  means the amount (if any) by which the present
value of all vested and  unvested  accrued  benefits  under all Single  Employer
Plans  exceeds the fair market  value of all such Plan assets  allocable to such
benefits,  all  determined  as of the then most recent  valuation  date for such
Plans using PBGC actuarial assumptions for single employer plan terminations.

         "Unmatured  Default"  means an event which but for the lapse of time or
the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a Default.

         "Wholly-Owned  Subsidiary"  of a Person means (i) any Subsidiary all of
the  outstanding  voting  securities  of  which  shall  at the  time be owned or
controlled,  directly or indirectly,  by such Person or one or more Wholly-Owned
Subsidiaries  of such  Person,  or by such  Person and one or more  Wholly-Owned
Subsidiaries of such Person, or (ii) any partnership, limited liability company,
association,  joint  venture  or  similar  business  organization  100%  of  the
ownership  interests  having ordinary voting power of which shall at the time be
so owned or controlled.

         "Year 2000 Issues" means anticipated costs,  problems and uncertainties
associated  with the inability of certain  computer  applications to effectively
handle data  including  dates on and after  January 1, 2000,  as such  inability
affects the business, operations and financial condition of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries  and of the Borrower's and its  Subsidiaries'  material  customers,
suppliers and vendors.

         "Year 2000 Program" is defined in Section 5.19.

         "Zions" means Zions First National Bank, a national banking association
having its principal office in Salt Lake City, Utah, in its individual capacity,
and its successors.

         The  foregoing  definitions  shall be  equally  applicable  to both the
singular and plural forms of the defined terms.


                                   ARTICLE II

                                   THE CREDITS
                                   -----------

         2.1.  COMMITMENT.  From and  including  the date of this  Agreement and
prior to the Facility  Termination  Date, each Lender severally  agrees,  on the
terms and  conditions  set  forth in this  Agreement,  to (i) make  Loans to the
Borrower  and (ii)  participate  in Facility  LCs issued upon the request of the
Borrower, provided that, after giving effect to the making of each such Loan and
the issuance of each such Facility LC, such Lender's Outstanding Credit Exposure
shall not exceed its  Commitment.  Subject to the terms of this  Agreement,  the
Borrower  may  borrow,  repay and  reborrow  at any time  prior to the  Facility
Termination Date. The Commitments to lend hereunder shall expire on the Facility
Termination Date.

         2.2. REQUIRED PAYMENTS;  TERMINATION.  The Aggregate Outstanding Credit
Exposure and all other unpaid  Obligations shall be paid in full by the Borrower
on the Facility Termination Date.


                                       68
<PAGE>


         2.3. RATABLE LOANS.  Each Advance hereunder shall consist of Loans made
from  the  several  Lenders  ratably  in  proportion  to the  ratio  that  their
respective Commitments bear to the Aggregate Commitment.

         2.4.  TYPES OF ADVANCES.  The Advances may be Floating Rate Advances or
Eurodollar  Advances,  or a  combination  thereof,  selected by the  Borrower in
accordance with Sections 2.8 and 2.9.

         2.5. COMMITMENT FEE; REDUCTIONS IN AGGREGATE  COMMITMENT.  The Borrower
agrees to pay to the Agent for the account of each Lender a commitment fee equal
to 0.25% per annum on the daily unused portion of such Lender's  Commitment from
the date hereof to and including the Facility  Termination Date,  payable on the
first day of each fiscal  quarter of the Company for the  immediately  preceding
fiscal  quarter or portion  thereof  hereafter  and on the Facility  Termination
Date. The Borrower may permanently reduce the Aggregate  Commitment in whole, or
in part ratably among the Lenders in integral  multiples of $5,000,000.00,  upon
at least five Business Days' written notice to the Managing Agent,  which notice
shall  specify the amount of any such  reduction,  provided,  however,  that the
amount of the  Aggregate  Commitment  may not be  reduced  below  the  Aggregate
Outstanding Credit Exposure. All accrued commitment fees shall be payable on the
effective  date of any  termination  of the  obligations  of the Lenders to make
Credit Extensions hereunder.

         2.6. MINIMUM AMOUNT OF EACH ADVANCE.  Each Eurodollar  Advance shall be
in the minimum amount of $5,000,000.00  (and in multiples of $1,000,000.00 if in
excess  thereof),  and each Floating Rate Advance shall be in the minimum amount
of  $1,000,000.00  (and in  multiples  of  $100,000.00  if in  excess  thereof),
provided,  however,  that any Floating  Rate Advance may be in the amount of the
unused Aggregate Commitment.

         2.7. OPTIONAL  PRINCIPAL  PAYMENTS.  The Borrower may from time to time
pay, without penalty or premium, all outstanding Floating Rate Advances,  or, in
a  minimum  aggregate  amount  of  $1,000,000.00  or any  integral  multiple  of
$100,000.00  in excess  thereof,  any portion of the  outstanding  Floating Rate
Advances  upon two  Business  Days'  prior  notice to the  Managing  Agent.  The
Borrower  may from time to time  pay,  subject  to the  payment  of any  funding
indemnification  amounts required by Section 3.4 but without penalty or premium,
all  outstanding  Eurodollar  Advances,  or,  in a minimum  aggregate  amount of
$5,000,000.00 or any integral  multiple of $1,000,000.00 in excess thereof,  any
portion of the outstanding  Eurodollar  Advances upon three Business Days' prior
notice to the Managing Agent.

         2.8. METHOD OF SELECTING  TYPES AND INTEREST  PERIODS FOR NEW ADVANCES.
The  Borrower  shall  select  the  Type  of  Advance  and,  in the  case of each
Eurodollar  Advance,  the Interest Period applicable  thereto from time to time.
The Borrower  shall give the Managing  Agent  irrevocable  notice (a  "Borrowing
Notice")  not later than 10:00 a.m.  (Chicago  time) at least one  Business  Day
before the Borrowing  Date of each Floating Rate Advance and three Business Days
before the Borrowing Date for each Eurodollar Advance, specifying:

         (i)   the  Borrowing  Date,  which  shall  be a  Business  Day, of such
Advance,

         (ii)  the aggregate amount of such Advance,

         (iii) the Type of Advance selected, and

         (iv) in the  case of  each  Eurodollar  Advance,  the  Interest  Period
applicable thereto.


                                       69
<PAGE>


Not later than noon (Chicago  time) on each  Borrowing  Date,  each Lender shall
make  available its Loan or Loans in funds  immediately  available in Chicago to
the  Managing  Agent at its  address  specified  pursuant to Article  XIII.  The
Managing Agent will make the funds so received from the Lenders available to the
Borrower at the Managing Agent's aforesaid address.

         2.9. CONVERSION AND CONTINUATION OF OUTSTANDING ADVANCES. Floating Rate
Advances shall continue as Floating Rate Advances unless and until such Floating
Rate Advances are converted into  Eurodollar  Advances  pursuant to this Section
2.9 or are repaid in accordance with Section 2.7. Each Eurodollar  Advance shall
continue as a Eurodollar  Advance until the end of the then applicable  Interest
Period  therefor,  at which time such Eurodollar  Advance shall be automatically
converted into a Floating Rate Advance unless (x) such Eurodollar  Advance is or
was repaid in accordance  with Section 2.7 or (y) the Borrower  shall have given
the  Managing  Agent  a   Conversion/Continuation   Notice  (as  defined  below)
requesting  that, at the end of such Interest  Period,  such Eurodollar  Advance
continue  as a  Eurodollar  Advance  for the same or  another  Interest  Period.
Subject to the terms of Section 2.6, the Borrower may elect from time to time to
convert all or any part of a Floating  Rate Advance  into a Eurodollar  Advance.
The   Borrower   shall   give  the   Managing   Agent   irrevocable   notice  (a
"Conversion/Continuation  Notice") of each conversion of a Floating Rate Advance
into a Eurodollar Advance or continuation of a Eurodollar Advance not later than
10:00 a.m.  (Chicago time) at least three Business Days prior to the date of the
requested conversion or continuation, specifying:

         (i)   the  requested  date,  which  shall  be a  Business  Day, of such
conversion or continuation,

         (ii)  the  aggregate  amount  and  Type of the  Advance  which is to be
converted or continued, and

         (iii)  the  amount of such  Advance  which is to be  converted  into or
continued  as a  Eurodollar  Advance  and the  duration of the  Interest  Period
applicable thereto.

         2.10.  CHANGES IN INTEREST RATE,  ETC. Each Floating Rate Advance shall
bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof, for each day from and
including  the date such Advance is made or is  automatically  converted  from a
Eurodollar  Advance into a Floating Rate Advance pursuant to Section 2.9, to but
excluding the date it is paid or is converted into a Eurodollar Advance pursuant
to Section 2.9 hereof,  at a rate per annum equal to the Floating  Rate for such
day.  Changes in the rate of interest on that portion of any Advance  maintained
as a Floating Rate Advance will take effect  simultaneously  with each change in
the  Corporate  Base Rate.  Each  Eurodollar  Advance shall bear interest on the
outstanding  principal  amount  thereof from and  including the first day of the
Interest Period  applicable  thereto to (but not including) the last day of such
Interest  Period  at the  interest  rate  determined  by the  Managing  Agent as
applicable to such Eurodollar Advance based upon the Borrower's selections under
Sections  2.8 and 2.9 and  otherwise in  accordance  with the terms  hereof.  No
Interest Period may end after the Facility Termination Date.

         2.11. RATES APPLICABLE AFTER DEFAULT.  Notwithstanding  anything to the
contrary contained in Section 2.8 or 2.9, during the continuance of a Default or
Unmatured  Default the Required  Lenders may, at their option,  by notice to the
Borrower,  which  notice may be revoked  at the option of the  Required  Lenders
notwithstanding  any provision of Section 8.2 requiring unanimous consent of the
Lenders to changes in interest  rates,  declare  that no Advance may be made as,
converted into or continued as a Eurodollar Advance. During the continuance of a
Default the Required  Lenders may, at their  option,  by notice to the Borrower,



                                       70
<PAGE>


which   notice  may  be  revoked   at  the  option  of  the   Required   Lenders
notwithstanding  any provision of Section 8.2 requiring unanimous consent of the
Lenders to changes in interest rates,  declare that (i) each Eurodollar  Advance
shall bear interest for the remainder of the applicable  Interest  Period at the
rate otherwise  applicable to such Interest Period plus 2% per annum,  (ii) each
Floating  Rate  Advance  shall bear  interest  at a rate per annum  equal to the
Floating  Rate in effect  from time to time plus 2% per annum,  and (iii) the LC
Fee shall be increased by 2% per annum, provided that, during the continuance of
a Default under Section 7.6 or 7.7, the interest  rates set forth in clauses (i)
and (ii) above and the  increase  in the LC Fee set forth in clause  (iii) above
shall be applicable to all Credit  Extensions  without any election or action on
the part of the Managing Agent or any Lender.

         2.12.  METHOD OF PAYMENT.  All  payments of the  Obligations  hereunder
shall be made,  without  setoff,  deduction,  or  counterclaim,  in  immediately
available funds to the Managing Agent at the Managing Agent's address  specified
pursuant to Article XIII, or at any other Lending  Installation  of the Managing
Agent specified in writing by the Managing Agent to the Borrower, by noon (local
time)  on the date  when  due and  shall  (except  in the case of  Reimbursement
Obligations  for which  the LC  Issuer  has not been  fully  indemnified  by the
Lenders, or as otherwise  specifically required hereunder) be applied ratably by
the  Managing  Agent among the Lenders.  Each payment  delivered to the Managing
Agent for the account of any Lender shall be delivered  promptly by the Managing
Agent to such Lender in the same type of funds that the Managing  Agent received
at its address specified pursuant to Article XIII or at any Lending Installation
specified  in a notice  received by the  Managing  Agent from such  Lender.  The
Managing  Agent is hereby  authorized  to charge  the  account  of the  Borrower
maintained with Bank One for each payment of principal, interest,  Reimbursement
Obligations and fees as it becomes due hereunder.

         2.13.  NOTELESS  AGREEMENT;  EVIDENCE OF INDEBTEDNESS.  (i) Each Lender
shall  maintain  in  accordance  with its usual  practice an account or accounts
evidencing the  indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender  resulting from each
Loan made by such Lender from time to time,  including  the amounts of principal
and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.

         (ii) The Managing  Agent shall also maintain  accounts in which it will
record  (a) the amount of each Loan made  hereunder,  the Type  thereof  and the
Interest  Period  with  respect  thereto,  (b) the  amount of any  principal  or
interest  due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each
Lender  hereunder,  (c) the original  stated  amount of each Facility LC and the
amount of LC Obligations  outstanding at any time, and (d) the amount of any sum
received by the Managing  Agent  hereunder  from the Borrower and each  Lender's
share thereof.

         (iii) The entries  maintained  in the accounts  maintained  pursuant to
paragraphs (i) and (ii) above shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and
amounts of the Obligations therein recorded; provided, however, that the failure
of the  Managing  Agent or any Lender to  maintain  such  accounts  or any error
therein shall not in any manner  affect the  obligation of the Borrower to repay
the Obligations in accordance with their terms.

         (iv) Any Lender may request that its Loans be evidenced by a promissory
note (a "Note"). In such event, the Borrower shall prepare,  execute and deliver
to such Lender a Note payable to the order of such Lender in a form  supplied by
the Managing  Agent.  Thereafter,  the Loans evidenced by such Note and interest
thereon shall at all times (including  after any assignment  pursuant to Section
12.3) be  represented  by one or more  Notes  payable  to the order of the payee
named  therein or any assignee  pursuant to Section  12.3,  except to the extent



                                       71
<PAGE>


that any  such  Lender  or  assignee  subsequently  returns  any  such  Note for
cancellation  and requests  that such Loans once again be evidenced as described
in paragraphs (i) and (ii) above.

         2.14.  TELEPHONIC  NOTICES.  The Borrower hereby authorizes the Lenders
and  the  Managing  Agent  to  extend,  convert  or  continue  Advances,  effect
selections  of Types of  Advances  and to  transfer  funds  based on  telephonic
notices made by any person or persons the  Managing  Agent or any Lender in good
faith believes to be acting on behalf of the Borrower,  it being understood that
the foregoing  authorization is specifically intended to allow Borrowing Notices
and  Conversion/Continuation  Notices to be given  telephonically.  The Borrower
agrees to deliver promptly to the Managing Agent a written confirmation, if such
confirmation  is  requested  by the  Managing  Agent  or  any  Lender,  of  each
telephonic notice signed by an Authorized Officer.  If the written  confirmation
differs in any material  respect from the action taken by the Managing Agent and
the  Lenders,  the records of the  Managing  Agent and the Lenders  shall govern
absent manifest error.

         2.15. INTEREST PAYMENT DATES;  INTEREST AND FEE BASIS. Interest accrued
on each Floating Rate Advance shall be payable on each Payment Date,  commencing
with the first such date to occur  after the date  hereof,  on any date on which
the Floating Rate Advance is prepaid,  whether due to acceleration or otherwise,
and at maturity.  Interest accrued on that portion of the outstanding  principal
amount of any Floating Rate Advance converted into a Eurodollar Advance on a day
other than a Payment Date shall be payable on the date of  conversion.  Interest
accrued  on each  Eurodollar  Advance  shall be  payable  on the last day of its
applicable  Interest  Period,  on any date on which the  Eurodollar  Advance  is
prepaid, whether by acceleration or otherwise, and at maturity. Interest accrued
on each  Eurodollar  Advance having an Interest  Period longer than three months
shall also be payable on the last day of each  three-month  interval during such
Interest Period.  Interest,  commitment fees and LC Fees shall be calculated for
actual days elapsed on the basis of a 360-day  year.  Interest  shall be payable
for the day an Advance is made but not for the day of any  payment on the amount
paid if payment is received  prior to noon (local time) at the place of payment.
If any payment of principal  of or interest on an Advance  shall become due on a
day  which  is not a  Business  Day,  such  payment  shall  be made on the  next
succeeding Business Day and, in the case of a principal payment,  such extension
of time shall be included in computing interest in connection with such payment.

         2.16.  NOTIFICATION  OF  ADVANCES,   INTEREST  RATES,  PREPAYMENTS  AND
COMMITMENT  REDUCTIONS.  Promptly after receipt thereof, the Managing Agent will
notify  each  Lender of the  contents  of each  Aggregate  Commitment  reduction
notice, Borrowing Notice,  Conversion/Continuation  Notice, and repayment notice
received by it hereunder. Promptly after notice from the LC Issuer, the Managing
Agent will notify each Lender of the  contents of each request for issuance of a
Facility  LC  hereunder.  The  Managing  Agent will  notify  each  Lender of the
interest rate applicable to each Eurodollar  Advance promptly upon determination
of such  interest rate and will give each Lender prompt notice of each change in
the Corporate Base Rate.

         2.17.  LENDING  INSTALLATIONS.  Each  Lender may book its Loans and its
participation  in any LC Obligations and the LC Issuer may book the Facility LCs
at any Lending  Installation  selected  by such Lender or the LC Issuer,  as the
case may be, and may  change its  Lending  Installation  from time to time.  All
terms of this  Agreement  shall apply to any such Lending  Installation  and the
Loans,  Facility  LCs,  participations  in LC  Obligations  and any Notes issued
hereunder shall be deemed held by each Lender or the LC Issuer,  as the case may
be, for the  benefit of any such  Lending  Installation.  Each Lender and the LC
Issuer  may,  by  written  notice  to the  Managing  Agent and the  Borrower  in
accordance  with Article  XIII,  designate  replacement  or  additional  Lending



                                       72
<PAGE>


Installations  through  which Loans will be made by it or  Facility  LCs will be
issued by it and for whose  account  Loan  payments or payments  with respect to
Facility LCs are to be made.

         2.18.  NON-RECEIPT OF FUNDS BY THE MANAGING AGENT.  Unless the Borrower
or a Lender,  as the case may be,  notifies the Managing Agent prior to the date
on which it is scheduled  to make  payment to the  Managing  Agent of (i) in the
case of a Lender, the proceeds of a Loan or (ii) in the case of the Borrower,  a
payment of principal,  interest or fees to the Managing Agent for the account of
the Lenders,  that it does not intend to make such payment,  the Managing  Agent
may assume that such payment has been made.  The  Managing  Agent may, but shall
not be obligated  to, make the amount of such payment  available to the intended
recipient in reliance upon such assumption.  If such Lender or the Borrower,  as
the case may be, has not in fact made such  payment to the Managing  Agent,  the
recipient of such payment shall, on demand by the Managing  Agent,  repay to the
Managing  Agent the amount so made available  together with interest  thereon in
respect of each day during the period  commencing on the date such amount was so
made  available by the Managing Agent until the date the Managing Agent recovers
such amount at a rate per annum equal to (x) in the case of payment by a Lender,
the  Federal  Funds  Effective  Rate for such day for the first  three days and,
thereafter, the interest rate applicable to the relevant Loan or (y) in the case
of payment by the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to the relevant Loan.

          2.19.    FACILITY LCS.

                    2.19.1 ISSUANCE.  The LC Issuer hereby agrees,  on the terms
          and  conditions  set forth in this  Agreement,  to issue  standby  and
          commercial  letters of credit  (each,  a "Facility  LC") and to renew,
          extend,  increase,  decrease  or  otherwise  modify  each  Facility LC
          ("Modify," and each such action a  "Modification"),  from time to time
          from  and  including  the  date of this  Agreement  and  prior  to the
          Facility  Termination Date upon the request of the Borrower;  provided
          that  immediately  after each such  Facility LC is issued or Modified,
          (i) the aggregate  amount of the outstanding LC Obligations  shall not
          exceed  $5,000,000.00  and  (ii)  the  Aggregate   Outstanding  Credit
          Exposure  shall not exceed the  Aggregate  Commitment.  No Facility LC
          shall  have an expiry  date  later  than the  earlier of (x) the fifth
          Business Day prior to the Facility  Termination  Date and (y) one year
          after its issuance.

                    2.19.2 PARTICIPATIONS.  Upon the issuance or Modification by
          the LC Issuer of a Facility LC in  accordance  with this Section 2.19,
          the LC Issuer  shall be deemed,  without  further  action by any party
          hereto, to have  unconditionally  and irrevocably sold to each Lender,
          and each Lender shall be deemed,  without  further action by any party
          hereto, to have unconditionally and irrevocably  purchased from the LC
          Issuer,  a  participation  in such Facility LC (and each  Modification
          thereof) and the related LC  Obligations in proportion to its Pro Rata
          Share.

                    2.19.3.  NOTICE.  Subject to Section  2.19.1,  the  Borrower
          shall give the LC Issuer notice prior to 10:00 a.m.  (Chicago time) at
          least five  Business  Days prior to the  proposed  date of issuance or
          Modification  of each Facility LC,  specifying  the  beneficiary,  the
          proposed  date of issuance  (or  Modification)  and the expiry date of
          such Facility LC, and  describing  the proposed terms of such Facility
          LC  and  the  nature  of the  transactions  proposed  to be  supported
          thereby.  Upon  receipt of such notice,  the LC Issuer shall  promptly
          notify the  Managing  Agent,  and the  Managing  Agent shall  promptly
          notify each Lender,  of the contents thereof and of the amount of such
          Lender's  participation in such proposed  Facility LC. The issuance or
          Modification by the LC Issuer of any Facility LC shall, in addition to
          the conditions  precedent set forth in Article IV (the satisfaction of
          which the LC Issuer  shall have no duty to  ascertain),  be subject to
          the conditions  precedent that such Facility LC shall be  satisfactory
          to the LC  Issuer  and that  the  Borrower  shall  have  executed  and



                                       73
<PAGE>


          delivered such application agreement and/or such other instruments and
          agreements  relating to such  Facility LC as the LC Issuer  shall have
          reasonably requested (each, a "Facility LC Application"). In the event
          of any conflict  between the terms of this  Agreement and the terms of
          any  Facility  LC  Application,  the  terms  of this  Agreement  shall
          control.

                    2.19.4. LC FEES.  The  Borrower  shall  pay to the  Managing
          Agent, for the account of the Lenders ratably in accordance with their
          respective Pro Rata Shares,  (i) with respect to each standby Facility
          LC, a letter of  credit  fee at a per annum  rate  equal to:  (A) with
          respect to any  Facility  LC issued  during  the period  from the date
          hereto to but not including April 1, 2000, 1.50%, and (B) with respect
          to any  Facility  LC issued  thereafter,  2.00% on the  average  daily
          undrawn  stated amount under such standby  Facility LC, such fee to be
          payable in arrears on each Payment Date, and (ii) with respect to each
          commercial  Facility LC, a one-time  letter of credit fee in an amount
          equal to such  percentage  of the  initial  stated  amount  (or,  with
          respect to a  Modification  of any such  commercial  Facility LC which
          increases  the stated  amount  thereof,  such  increase  in the stated
          amount) as the LC Issuer may  require  consistent  with its  customary
          practices for similar letters of credit, such fee to be payable on the
          date of such  issuance or increase  (each such fee  described  in this
          sentence an "LC Fee").  The  Borrower  shall also pay to the LC Issuer
          for its own account (x) at the time of issuance of each Facility LC, a
          fronting  fee in an amount to be agreed upon between the LC Issuer and
          the Borrower, and (y) documentary and processing charges in connection
          with the issuance or  Modification  of and draws under Facility LCs in
          accordance with the LC Issuer's  standard schedule for such charges as
          in effect from time to time.

                    2.19.5.  ADMINISTRATION;   REIMBURSEMENT  BY  LENDERS.  Upon
          receipt  from the  beneficiary  of any  Facility  LC of any demand for
          payment  under  such  Facility  LC,  the LC Issuer  shall  notify  the
          Managing  Agent and the  Managing  Agent  shall  promptly  notify  the
          Borrower  and each other  Lender as to the amount to be paid by the LC
          Issuer as a result of such demand and the  proposed  payment date (the
          "LC  Payment  Date").  The  responsibility  of  the LC  Issuer  to the
          Borrower and each Lender shall be only to determine that the documents
          (including  each demand for payment)  delivered under each Facility LC
          in  connection  with such  presentment  shall be in  conformity in all
          material  respects with such Facility LC. The LC Issuer shall endeavor
          to exercise the same care in the issuance  and  administration  of the
          Facility  LCs as it does with respect to letters of credit in which no
          participations are granted, it being understood that in the absence of
          any gross  negligence  or willful  misconduct  by the LC Issuer,  each
          Lender shall be unconditionally  and irrevocably liable without regard
          to  the   occurrence  of  any  Default  or  any  condition   precedent
          whatsoever, to reimburse the LC Issuer on demand for (i) such Lender's
          Pro Rata  Share of the  amount of each  payment  made by the LC Issuer
          under each Facility LC to the extent such amount is not  reimbursed by
          the Borrower  pursuant to Section 2.19.6 below,  plus (ii) interest on
          the foregoing  amount to be  reimbursed  by such Lender,  for each day
          from the date of the LC Issuer's demand for such reimbursement (or, if
          such demand is made after 11:00 a.m. (Chicago time) on such date, from
          the next  succeeding  Business  Day) to the date on which such  Lender
          pays the  amount to be  reimbursed  by it, at a rate of  interest  per
          annum equal to the Federal  Funds  Effective  Rate for the first three
          days  and,  thereafter,  at a rate  of  interest  equal  to  the  rate
          applicable to Floating Rate Advances.

                    2.19.6.  REIMBURSEMENT  BY BORROWER.  The Borrower  shall be
          irrevocably and  unconditionally  obligated to reimburse the LC Issuer
          on or before the applicable LC Payment Date for any amounts to be paid
          by the LC Issuer  upon any  drawing  under any  Facility  LC,  without
          presentment,  demand,  protest  or  other  formalities  of  any  kind;
          provided  that  neither the  Borrower  nor any Lender  shall hereby be
          precluded from asserting any claim for direct (but not  consequential)
          damages  suffered by the  Borrower  or such Lender to the extent,  but
          only to the  extent,  caused by (i) the  willful  misconduct  or gross
          negligence of the LC Issuer in determining whether a request presented
          under any  Facility  LC issued by it  complied  with the terms of such
          Facility LC or (ii) the LC Issuer's  failure to pay under any Facility
          LC  issued by it after the  presentation  to it of a request  strictly



                                       74
<PAGE>


          complying  with the terms and conditions of such Facility LC. All such
          amounts  paid by the LC Issuer and  remaining  unpaid by the  Borrower
          shall bear interest,  payable on demand,  for each day until paid at a
          rate per  annum  equal to (x) the rate  applicable  to  Floating  Rate
          Advances for such day if such day falls on or before the applicable LC
          Payment  Date  and  (y)  the sum of 2% plus  the  rate  applicable  to
          Floating  Rate  Advances  for such day if such day falls after such LC
          Payment  Date.  The LC  Issuer  will  pay to each  Lender  ratably  in
          accordance with its Pro Rata Share all amounts received by it from the
          Borrower  for  application  in  payment,  in whole or in part,  of the
          Reimbursement  Obligation  in respect of any Facility LC issued by the
          LC Issuer,  but only to the extent such Lender has made payment to the
          LC Issuer in respect of such  Facility LC pursuant to Section  2.19.5.
          Subject  to the  terms and  conditions  of this  Agreement  (including
          without  limitation the submission of a Borrowing Notice in compliance
          with Section 2.8 and the  satisfaction  of the  applicable  conditions
          precedent  set forth in  Article  IV),  the  Borrower  may  request an
          Advance  hereunder  for the purpose of  satisfying  any  Reimbursement
          Obligation.

                    2.19.7.  OBLIGATIONS  ABSOLUTE.  The Borrower's  obligations
          under this Section 2.19 shall be absolute and unconditional  under any
          and all circumstances and irrespective of any setoff,  counterclaim or
          defense to payment which the Borrower may have or have had against the
          LC  Issuer,  any  Lender or any  beneficiary  of a  Facility  LC.  The
          Borrower further agrees with the LC Issuer and the Lenders that the LC
          Issuer  and  the  Lenders  shall  not  be  responsible  for,  and  the
          Borrower's  Reimbursement  Obligation  in respect of any  Facility  LC
          shall  not be  affected  by,  among  other  things,  the  validity  or
          genuineness of documents or of any endorsements  thereon, even if such
          documents  should in fact prove to be in any or all respects  invalid,
          fraudulent  or forged,  or any dispute  between or among the Borrower,
          any of its  Affiliates,  the  beneficiary  of any  Facility  LC or any
          financing  institution  or other party to whom any  Facility LC may be
          transferred or any claims or defenses whatsoever of the Borrower or of
          any of its  Affiliates  against the  beneficiary of any Facility LC or
          any such transferee.  The LC Issuer shall not be liable for any error,
          omission, interruption or delay in transmission,  dispatch or delivery
          of any message or advice, however transmitted,  in connection with any
          Facility LC. The  Borrower  agrees that any action taken or omitted by
          the LC Issuer or any Lender under or in connection  with each Facility
          LC and  the  related  drafts  and  documents,  if done  without  gross
          negligence or willful  misconduct,  shall be binding upon the Borrower
          and shall not put the LC Issuer or any Lender  under any  liability to
          the Borrower.  Nothing in this Section 2.19.7 is intended to limit the
          right  of the  Borrower  to make a claim  against  the LC  Issuer  for
          damages  as  contemplated  by the  proviso  to the first  sentence  of
          Section 2.19.6.

                    2.19.8.  ACTIONS  OF LC  ISSUER.  The  LC  Issuer  shall  be
          entitled to rely,  and shall be fully  protected in relying,  upon any
          Facility LC, draft, writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate,
          affidavit,  letter, cablegram,  telegram,  telecopy, telex or teletype
          message,  statement,  order or  other  document  believed  by it to be
          genuine  and  correct  and to have  been  signed,  sent or made by the
          proper  Person or  Persons,  and upon advice and  statements  of legal
          counsel,  independent accountants and other experts selected by the LC
          Issuer.  The LC Issuer shall be fully justified in failing or refusing
          to take any action  under this  Agreement  unless it shall  first have
          received  such advice or  concurrence  of the  Required  Lenders as it
          reasonably  deems  appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its
          reasonable  satisfaction  by the Lenders against any and all liability
          and  expense  which  may be  incurred  by it by  reason  of  taking or
          continuing  to  take  any  such  action.   Notwithstanding  any  other
          provision  of this Section  2.19,  the LC Issuer shall in all cases be
          fully protected in acting,  or in refraining  from acting,  under this
          Agreement in accordance  with a request of the Required  Lenders,  and
          such request and any action  taken or failure to act pursuant  thereto
          shall  be  binding  upon  the  Lenders  and any  future  holders  of a
          participation in any Facility LC.

                    2.19.9.  INDEMNIFICATION.  The  Borrower  hereby  agrees  to
          indemnify  and  hold  harmless  each  Lender,  the LC  Issuer  and the
          Managing Agent, and their respective directors,  officers,  agents and




                                       75
<PAGE>



          employees  from and  against any and all claims and  damages,  losses,
          liabilities, costs or expenses which such Lender, the LC Issuer or the
          Managing Agent may incur (or which may be claimed against such Lender,
          the LC Issuer  or the  Managing  Agent by any  Person  whatsoever)  by
          reason of or in connection  with the issuance,  execution and delivery
          or transfer  of or payment or failure to pay under any  Facility LC or
          any actual or proposed  use of any  Facility  LC,  including,  without
          limitation,  any  claims,  damages,  losses,  liabilities,   costs  or
          expenses  which the LC Issuer may incur by reason of or in  connection
          with (i) the failure of any other Lender to fulfill or comply with its
          obligations to the LC Issuer  hereunder (but nothing herein  contained
          shall affect any rights the  Borrower may have against any  defaulting
          Lender) or (ii) by reason of or on  account  of the LC Issuer  issuing
          any Facility LC which specifies that the term  "Beneficiary"  included
          therein  includes  any  successor  by  operation  of law of the  named
          Beneficiary,  but which  Facility LC does not require that any drawing
          by any such successor  Beneficiary be accompanied by a copy of a legal
          document, satisfactory to the LC Issuer, evidencing the appointment of
          such  successor  Beneficiary;  PROVIDED that the Borrower shall not be
          required to indemnify any Lender,  the LC Issuer or the Managing Agent
          for any claims, damages, losses, liabilities, costs or expenses to the
          extent,  but only to the extent,  caused by (x) the willful misconduct
          or gross negligence of the LC Issuer in determining  whether a request
          presented  under  any  Facility  LC  complied  with the  terms of such
          Facility LC or (y) the LC Issuer's  failure to pay under any  Facility
          LC after the presentation to it of a request  strictly  complying with
          the terms and  conditions of such Facility LC. Nothing in this Section
          2.19.9 is intended to limit the  obligations of the Borrower under any
          other provision of this Agreement.

                    2.19.10.  LENDERS'   INDEMNIFICATION.   Each  Lender  shall,
          ratably  in  accordance  with its Pro  Rata  Share,  indemnify  the LC
          Issuer,  its  affiliates  and their  respective  directors,  officers,
          agents and  employees  (to the extent not  reimbursed by the Borrower)
          against  any cost,  expense  (including  reasonable  counsel  fees and
          disbursements),  claim, demand, action, loss or liability (except such
          as  result  from  such   indemnitees'   gross  negligence  or  willful
          misconduct  or the LC  Issuer's  failure to pay under any  Facility LC
          after the presentation to it of a request strictly  complying with the
          terms and  conditions  of the Facility LC) that such  indemnitees  may
          suffer or incur in  connection  with this  Section  2.19 or any action
          taken or omitted by such indemnitees hereunder.

                    2.19.11. FACILITY LC COLLATERAL ACCOUNT. The Borrower agrees
          that it will,  upon the request of the Managing  Agent or the Required
          Lenders  and until the final  expiration  date of any  Facility LC and
          thereafter  as long as any  amount is  payable to the LC Issuer or the
          Lenders in respect of any Facility LC,  maintain a special  collateral
          account  pursuant to  arrangements  satisfactory to the Managing Agent
          (the "Facility LC Collateral  Account") at the Managing Agent's office
          at the address specified pursuant to Article XIII, in the name of such
          Borrower  but under the sole  dominion  and  control  of the  Managing
          Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders and in which such Borrower shall
          have no interest  other than as set forth in Section 8.1. The Borrower
          hereby pledges, assigns and grants to the Managing Agent, on behalf of
          and for the  ratable  benefit  of the  Lenders  and the LC  Issuer,  a
          security interest in all of the Borrower's  right,  title and interest
          in and to all funds  which may from time to time be on  deposit in the
          Facility  LC  Collateral  Account to secure  the  prompt and  complete
          payment and  performance of the  Obligations.  The Managing Agent will
          invest  any  funds on  deposit  from time to time in the  Facility  LC
          Collateral  Account  in  certificates  of deposit of Bank One having a
          maturity not exceeding 30 days.  Nothing in this Section 2.19.11 shall
          either  obligate the Managing Agent to require the Borrower to deposit
          any funds in the Facility LC Collateral  Account or limit the right of
          the  Managing  Agent to  release  any funds  held in the  Facility  LC
          Collateral Account in each case other than as required by Section 8.1.

                    2.19.12.  RIGHTS AS A LENDER.  In its  capacity as a Lender,
          the LC Issuer shall have the same rights and  obligations as any other
          Lender.



                                       76
<PAGE>




                                   ARTICLE III

                             YIELD PROTECTION; TAXES
                             -----------------------


         3.1. YIELD PROTECTION.  If, on or after the date of this Agreement, the
adoption of any law or any governmental or quasi-governmental  rule, regulation,
policy,  guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law), or any
change in the  interpretation or  administration  thereof by any governmental or
quasi-governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the
interpretation  or  administration  thereof,  or  compliance  by any  Lender  or
applicable  Lending  Installation or the LC Issuer with any request or directive
(whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority,  central bank or
comparable agency:

         (i) subjects any Lender or any applicable  Lending  Installation or the
LC Issuer to any Taxes, or changes the basis of taxation of payments (other than
with respect to Excluded Taxes) to any Lender or the LC Issuer in respect of its
Eurodollar Loans, Facility LCs or participation therein, or

         (ii) imposes or increases or deems applicable any reserve,  assessment,
insurance  charge,  special  deposit or similar  requirement  against assets of,
deposits  with or for the account of, or credit  extended  by, any Lender or any
applicable  Lending  Installation  or the LC Issuer  (other  than  reserves  and
assessments  taken into account in determining  the interest rate  applicable to
Eurodollar Advances), or

         (iii)  imposes any other  condition  the result of which is to increase
the cost to any Lender or any applicable  Lending  Installation or the LC Issuer
of  making,  funding  or  maintaining  its  Eurodollar  Loans,  or of issuing or
participating in Facility LCs, or reduces any amount receivable by any Lender or
any  applicable  Lending  Installation  or the LC Issuer in connection  with its
Eurodollar Loans, Facility LCs or participations therein, or requires any Lender
or any  applicable  Lending  Installation  or the LC Issuer to make any  payment
calculated  by  reference  to the amount of  Eurodollar  Loans,  Facility LCs or
participations  therein held or interest or LC Fees received by it, by an amount
deemed material by such Lender or the LC Issuer as the case may be,

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender or
applicable Lending  Installation or the LC Issuer, as the case may be, of making
or maintaining its Eurodollar Loans or Commitment or of issuing or participating
in Facility  LCs or to reduce the return  received by such Lender or  applicable
Lending  Installation  or the LC Issuer,  as the case may be, in connection with
such Eurodollar Loans, Commitment, Facility LCs or participations therein, then,
within 15 days of demand by such  Lender or the LC  Issuer,  as the case may be,
the  Borrower  shall pay such Lender or the LC Issuer,  as the case may be, such
additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the LC Issuer, as
the case may be, for such increased cost or reduction in amount received.

         3.2.  CHANGES IN CAPITAL  ADEQUACY  REGULATIONS.  If a Lender or the LC
Issuer determines the amount of capital required or expected to be maintained by
such Lender or the LC Issuer, any Lending  Installation of such Lender or the LC
Issuer, or any corporation controlling such Lender or the LC Issuer is increased
as a result of a Change, then, within 15 days of demand by such Lender or the LC
Issuer, the Borrower shall pay such Lender or the LC Issuer the amount necessary




                                       77
<PAGE>



to  compensate  for any  shortfall  in the rate of return on the portion of such
increased  capital which such Lender or the LC Issuer determines is attributable
to this  Agreement,  its  Outstanding  Credit Exposure or its Commitment to make
Loans and issue or  participate  in Facility LCs, as the case may be,  hereunder
(after  taking into  account  such  Lender's  or the LC Issuer's  policies as to
capital  adequacy).  "Change"  means  (i)  any  change  after  the  date of this
Agreement in the Risk-Based Capital Guidelines or (ii) any adoption of or change
in any other law, governmental or quasi-governmental  rule, regulation,  policy,
guideline, interpretation, or directive (whether or not having the force of law)
after the date of this Agreement which affects the amount of capital required or
expected  to be  maintained  by  any  Lender  or the LC  Issuer  or any  Lending
Installation  or any  corporation  controlling  any  Lender  or  the LC  Issuer.
"Risk-Based  Capital  Guidelines" means (i) the risk-based capital guidelines in
effect in the United States on the date of this Agreement,  including transition
rules, and (ii) the corresponding capital regulations  promulgated by regulatory
authorities  outside the United States  implementing the July 1988 report of the
Basle  Committee  on  Banking  Regulation  and  Supervisory  Practices  Entitled
"International  Convergence  of Capital  Measurements  and  Capital  Standards,"
including transition rules, and any amendments to such regulations adopted prior
to the date of this Agreement.

         3.3.  AVAILABILITY OF TYPES OF ADVANCES.  If any Lender determines that
maintenance of its Eurodollar  Loans at a suitable  Lending  Installation  would
violate any  applicable  law,  rule,  regulation,  or directive,  whether or not
having the force of law, or if the Required Lenders  determine that (i) deposits
of a type and maturity  appropriate  to match fund  Eurodollar  Advances are not
available or (ii) the interest rate  applicable to Eurodollar  Advances does not
accurately reflect the cost of making or maintaining  Eurodollar Advances,  then
the Managing  Agent shall suspend the  availability  of Eurodollar  Advances and
require any affected  Eurodollar  Advances to be repaid or converted to Floating
Rate  Advances,  subject to the payment of any funding  indemnification  amounts
required by Section 3.4.

         3.4. FUNDING  INDEMNIFICATION.  If any payment of a Eurodollar  Advance
occurs on a date which is not the last day of the  applicable  Interest  Period,
whether  because of  acceleration,  prepayment  or  otherwise,  or a  Eurodollar
Advance is not made on the date  specified  by the Borrower for any reason other
than default by the Lenders,  the Borrower  will  indemnify  each Lender for any
loss or cost incurred by it resulting therefrom,  including, without limitation,
any  loss or cost in  liquidating  or  employing  deposits  acquired  to fund or
maintain such Eurodollar Advance.

         3.5.  TAXES.  (i) All payments by the Borrower to or for the account of
any Lender,  the LC Issuer or the Managing Agent  hereunder or under any Note or
Facility LC  application  shall be made free and clear of and without  deduction
for any and all Taxes.  If the  Borrower  shall be required by law to deduct any
Taxes from or in respect of any sum  payable  hereunder  to any  Lender,  the LC
Issuer  or the  Managing  Agent,  (a) the sum  payable  shall  be  increased  as
necessary  so that after making all required  deductions  (including  deductions
applicable to additional  sums payable under this Section 3.5) such Lender,  the
LC Issuer or the Managing Agent (as the case may be) receives an amount equal to
the sum it  would  have  received  had no such  deductions  been  made,  (b) the
Borrower shall make such deductions,  (c) the Borrower shall pay the full amount
deducted to the relevant authority in accordance with applicable law and (d) the
Borrower  shall  furnish to the Managing  Agent the  original  copy of a receipt
evidencing payment thereof within 30 days after such payment is made.

         (ii) In  addition,  the  Borrower  hereby  agrees to pay any present or
future  stamp or  documentary  taxes and any other  excise  or  property  taxes,
charges or similar  levies which arise from any payment made  hereunder or under
any Note or Facility LC  Application  or from the  execution  or delivery of, or
otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any Note or Facility LC Application
("Other Taxes").



                                       78
<PAGE>



         (iii) The Borrower hereby agrees to indemnify the Managing  Agent,  the
LC  Issuer  and each  Lender  for the  full  amount  of  Taxes  or  Other  Taxes
(including,  without  limitation,  any Taxes or Other  Taxes  imposed on amounts
payable  under this Section 3.5) paid by the  Managing  Agent,  the LC Issuer or
such Lender and any  liability  (including  penalties,  interest  and  expenses)
arising   therefrom   or  with   respect   thereto.   Payments  due  under  this
indemnification shall be made within 30 days of the date the Managing Agent, the
LC Issuer or such Lender makes demand therefor pursuant to Section 3.6.

         (iv) Each Lender that is not incorporated  under the laws of the United
States of America or a state thereof (each a "Non-U.S.  Lender")  agrees that it
will,  not less than ten  Business  Days after the date of this  Agreement,  (i)
deliver to each of the Borrower and the Managing Agent two duly completed copies
of United  States  Internal  Revenue  Service Form 1001 or 4224,  certifying  in
either  case that  such  Lender is  entitled  to  receive  payments  under  this
Agreement  without  deduction or withholding of any United States federal income
taxes,  and (ii) deliver to each of the Borrower and the Managing Agent a United
States Internal Revenue Form W-8 or W-9, as the case may be, and certify that it
is entitled to an exemption  from United  States  backup  withholding  tax. Each
Non-U.S.  Lender  further  undertakes to deliver to each of the Borrower and the
Managing Agent (x) renewals or additional  copies of such form (or any successor
form) on or before the date that such form expires or becomes obsolete,  and (y)
after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recent forms so
delivered  by  it,  such  additional  forms  or  amendments  thereto  as  may be
reasonably  requested  by the  Borrower  or the  Managing  Agent.  All  forms or
amendments described in the preceding sentence shall certify that such Lender is
entitled  to  receive  payments  under  this  Agreement   without  deduction  or
withholding  of  any  United  States  federal  income  taxes,  unless  an  event
(including  without  limitation  any change in treaty,  law or  regulation)  has
occurred  prior to the  date on  which  any such  delivery  would  otherwise  be
required which renders all such forms  inapplicable  or which would prevent such
Lender from duly  completing  and  delivering  any such form or  amendment  with
respect to it and such Lender  advises the Borrower and the Managing  Agent that
it is not capable of receiving  payments without any deduction or withholding of
United States federal income tax.

         (v) For any period during which a Non-U.S. Lender has failed to provide
the Borrower with an  appropriate  form  pursuant to clause (iv),  above (unless
such failure is due to a change in treaty,  law or regulation,  or any change in
the  interpretation  or  administration  thereof by any governmental  authority,
occurring  subsequent to the date on which a form  originally was required to be
provided),  such Non-U.S.  Lender shall not be entitled to indemnification under
this Section 3.5 with respect to Taxes  imposed by the United  States;  provided
that,  should a Non-U.S.  Lender which is otherwise  exempt from or subject to a
reduced rate of  withholding  tax become subject to Taxes because of its failure
to deliver a form required  under clause (iv),  above,  the Borrower  shall take
such steps as such  Non-U.S.  Lender  shall  reasonably  request to assist  such
Non-U.S. Lender to recover such Taxes.

         (vi) Any Lender that is entitled to an  exemption  from or reduction of
withholding  tax with  respect  to  payments  under this  Agreement  or any Note
pursuant to the law of any relevant  jurisdiction or any treaty shall deliver to
the  Borrower  (with  a copy  to the  Managing  Agent),  at the  time  or  times
prescribed by applicable law, such properly completed and executed documentation
prescribed  by  applicable  law as will permit such  payments to be made without
withholding or at a reduced rate.

         (vii) If the U.S.  Internal  Revenue Service or any other  governmental
authority of the United States or any other country or any political subdivision
thereof  asserts a claim that the Managing  Agent did not properly  withhold tax
from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender  (because the  appropriate
form was not  delivered or properly  completed,  because  such Lender  failed to
notify  the  Managing  Agent of a change in  circumstances  which  rendered  its




                                       79
<PAGE>



exemption from withholding  ineffective,  or for any other reason),  such Lender
shall  indemnify  the  Managing  Agent fully for all amounts  paid,  directly or
indirectly,  by the Managing Agent as tax, withholding  therefor,  or otherwise,
including   penalties  and  interest,   and  including   taxes  imposed  by  any
jurisdiction  on amounts  payable to the Managing  Agent under this  subsection,
together with all costs and expenses related thereto  (including  attorneys fees
and time charges of attorneys  for the Managing  Agent,  which  attorneys may be
employees of the Managing  Agent).  The  obligations  of the Lenders  under this
Section 3.5(vii) shall survive the payment of the Obligations and termination of
this Agreement.

         3.6. LENDER STATEMENTS; SURVIVAL OF INDEMNITY. To the extent reasonably
possible,  each Lender shall designate an alternate  Lending  Installation  with
respect to its Eurodollar  Loans to reduce any liability of the Borrower to such
Lender  under  Sections  3.1,  3.2 and 3.5 or to  avoid  the  unavailability  of
Eurodollar  Advances  under Section 3.3, so long as such  designation is not, in
the judgment of such Lender,  disadvantageous to such Lender.  Each Lender shall
deliver a written  statement of such Lender to the Borrower  (with a copy to the
Managing  Agent) as to the amount due, if any,  under  Section 3.1,  3.2, 3.4 or
3.5.  Such  written   statement  shall  set  forth  in  reasonable   detail  the
calculations  upon which such Lender  determined such amount and shall be final,
conclusive  and  binding  on the  Borrower  in the  absence of  manifest  error.
Determination  of amounts  payable  under such  Sections  in  connection  with a
Eurodollar  Loan shall be calculated as though each Lender funded its Eurodollar
Loan through the purchase of a deposit of the type and maturity corresponding to
the deposit used as a reference in determining the Eurodollar Rate applicable to
such Loan,  whether in fact that is the case or not. Unless  otherwise  provided
herein,  the amount  specified  in the written  statement of any Lender shall be
payable on demand after receipt by the Borrower of such written  statement.  The
obligations  of the Borrower  under Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.4 and 3.5 shall survive
payment of the Obligations and termination of this Agreement.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                              CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
                              --------------------


         4.1.  INITIAL  CREDIT  EXTENSION.  The Lenders shall not be required to
make the initial Credit Extension hereunder unless the Borrower has furnished to
the Managing Agent with sufficient copies for the Lenders:

         (i) Copies of the  articles  or  certificate  of  incorporation  of the
Borrower, together with all amendments, and a certificate of good standing, each
certified  by  the  appropriate  governmental  officer  in its  jurisdiction  of
incorporation

         (ii) Copies,  certified by the Secretary or Assistant  Secretary of the
Borrower,  of its  by-laws  and of its Board of  Directors'  resolutions  and of
resolutions or actions of any other body  authorizing  the execution of the Loan
Documents to which the Borrower is a party.

         (iii) An incumbency certificate, executed by the Secretary or Assistant
Secretary of the Borrower,  which shall  identify by name and title and bear the
signatures  of the  Authorized  Officers and any other  officers of the Borrower
authorized  to sign the Loan  Documents to which the  Borrower is a party,  upon




                                       80
<PAGE>



which  certificate  the Managing Agent and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely
until informed of any change in writing by the Borrower.

         (iv) A  certificate,  signed  by the  chief  financial  officer  of the
Borrower,  stating  that on the  initial  Credit  Extension  Date no  Default or
Unmatured Default has occurred and is continuing.

         (v) A written  opinion  of the  Borrower's  counsel,  addressed  to the
Lenders in substantially the form of Exhibit A.

         (vi) Any Notes  requested by a Lender  pursuant to Section 2.13 payable
to the order of each such requesting Lender.

         (vii) Written money transfer instructions, in substantially the form of
Exhibit D, addressed to the Managing Agent and signed by an Authorized  Officer,
together with such other related money transfer  authorizations  as the Managing
Agent may have reasonably requested.

         (viii) Information  satisfactory to the Managing Agent and the Required
Lenders regarding the Borrower's Year 2000 Program.

         (ix) The insurance certificate described in Section 5.21.

         (x)  Such  other  documents  as any  Lender  or its  counsel  may  have
reasonably requested.

         (xi) Evidence  satisfactory to the Managing Agent that upon the funding
of the first Advance all amounts  outstanding  under that certain Loan Agreement
dated as of October 16, 1996 among Zions, Bank One and the Borrower,  as amended
to date, shall have been paid in full and the credit facility  evidenced thereby
terminated.

Notwithstanding  anything  contained herein, in the event the Borrower is unable
to timely  deliver the items required  pursuant to  subsections  (viii) and (ix)
above, the Required  Lenders may, in their sole discretion,  agree to waive such
requirements as a condition to the funding of the first Advance and the Borrower
shall deliver the same no later than October 22, 1999, it being expressly agreed
and  understood  by the Borrower  that the failure of the Borrower to so deliver
such items  shall be an Event of  Default  and there  shall be no  further  cure
period with respect thereto.

         4.2. EACH CREDIT  EXTENSION.  The Lenders shall not be required to make
any Credit Extension unless on the applicable Credit Extension Date:

         (i)   There exists no Default or Unmatured Default.

         (ii) The representations and warranties contained in Article V are true
and  correct  as of such  Credit  Extension  Date  except to the extent any such
representation  or warranty is stated to relate  solely to an earlier  date,  in
which case such  representation  or warranty shall have been true and correct on
and as of such earlier date.

         (iii) All legal matters incident to the making of such Credit Extension
shall be satisfactory to the Lenders and their counsel.



                                       81
<PAGE>



         Each  Borrowing  Notice or request  for  issuance of a Facility LC with
respect to each such Credit  Extension  shall  constitute a  representation  and
warranty by the Borrower that the  conditions  contained in Sections  4.2(i) and
(ii) have been  satisfied.  Any Lender may require a duly  completed  compliance
certificate  in  substantially  the form of Exhibit B as a condition to making a
Credit Extension.


                                    ARTICLE V

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
                         ------------------------------


         The Borrower represents and warrants to the Lenders that:

         5.1. EXISTENCE AND STANDING.  Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
is a  corporation,  partnership  (in the case of  Subsidiaries  only) or limited
liability company duly and properly  incorporated or organized,  as the case may
be, validly  existing and (to the extent such concept applies to such entity) in
good  standing  under  the  laws  of  its   jurisdiction  of   incorporation  or
organization  and has all  requisite  authority  to conduct its business in each
jurisdiction in which its business is conducted.

         5.2.  AUTHORIZATION  AND  VALIDITY.  The  Borrower  has the  power  and
authority  and legal  right to execute and  deliver  the Loan  Documents  and to
perform its obligations  thereunder.  The execution and delivery by the Borrower
of the Loan Documents and the  performance of its  obligations  thereunder  have
been duly authorized by proper corporate proceedings,  and the Loan Documents to
which the Borrower is a party constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of
the Borrower  enforceable  against the Borrower in accordance  with their terms,
except as  enforceability  may be limited by  bankruptcy,  insolvency or similar
laws affecting the enforcement of creditors'  rights  generally and subject also
to the availability of equitable remedies if equitable remedies are sought.

         5.3.  NO  CONFLICT;  GOVERNMENT  CONSENT.  Neither  the  execution  and
delivery by the  Borrower of the Loan  Documents,  nor the  consummation  of the
transactions  therein  contemplated,  nor compliance with the provisions thereof
will violate (i) any law, rule, regulation,  order, writ, judgment,  injunction,
decree or award binding on the Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries  or (ii) the
Borrower's  or  any  Subsidiary's  articles  or  certificate  of  incorporation,
partnership  agreement,  certificate of partnership,  articles or certificate of
organization,  by-laws, or operating or other management agreement,  as the case
may be, or (iii) the  provisions  of any  indenture,  instrument or agreement to
which the Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries  is a party or is subject,  or by
which it, or its  Property,  is bound,  or conflict with or constitute a default
thereunder, or result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any Lien in,
of or on the Property of the  Borrower or a Subsidiary  pursuant to the terms of
any such indenture,  instrument or agreement.  No order, consent,  adjudication,
approval,  license,  authorization,  or validation  of, or filing,  recording or
registration  with,  or  exemption  by,  or  other  action  in  respect  of  any
governmental or public body or authority,  or any subdivision thereof, which has
not been obtained by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries,  is required to be
obtained  by the  Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries  in  connection  with the
execution  and  delivery  of the  Loan  Documents,  the  borrowings  under  this
Agreement, the payment and performance by the Borrower of the Obligations or the
legality,  validity,  binding  effect  or  enforceability  of any  of  the  Loan
Documents.



                                       82
<PAGE>



         5.4.  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS.  The May 31, 1999  consolidated  financial
statements  of the Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries  heretofore  delivered to the
Lenders  were  prepared  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted   accounting
principles  in effect on the date  such  statements  were  prepared  and  fairly
present the consolidated  financial condition and operations of the Borrower and
its Subsidiaries at such date and the  consolidated  results of their operations
for the period then ended.

         5.5.  MATERIAL  ADVERSE  CHANGE.  Since  June 1, 1999 there has been no
change in the business, Property, prospects,  condition (financial or otherwise)
or results of  operations  of the  Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries  which  could
reasonably be expected to have a Material  Adverse  Effect,  except the one time
charge taken August 30, 1999 in an amount not to exceed $45,000,000.00.

         5.6.  TAXES.  The Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  have filed all United
States  federal tax returns and all other tax returns  which are  required to be
filed and have paid all taxes due  pursuant  to said  returns or pursuant to any
assessment  received  by the  Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries,  except such
taxes,  if any, as are being  contested  in good faith and as to which  adequate
reserves have been provided in accordance with Agreement  Accounting  Principles
and as to which no Lien  exists.  No tax liens have been filed and no claims are
being  asserted  with  respect to any such  taxes.  The  charges,  accruals  and
reserves on the books of the  Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries  in respect of any
taxes or other governmental charges are adequate.

         5.7.  LITIGATION  AND CONTINGENT  OBLIGATIONS.  There is no litigation,
arbitration,  governmental  investigation,  proceeding or inquiry pending or, to
the  knowledge of any the Chief  Executive  Officer of the Company or any of the
Authorized Officers,  threatened against or affecting the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries  which could  reasonably  be  expected  to have a Material  Adverse
Effect or which  seeks to  prevent,  enjoin or delay  the  making of any  Credit
Extensions. Other than any liability incident to any litigation,  arbitration or
proceeding  which could not  reasonably  be expected to have a Material  Adverse
Effect, the Borrower has no material contingent  obligations not provided for or
disclosed in the financial statements referred to in Section 5.4.

         5.8.  SUBSIDIARIES.  Schedule  1  contains  an  accurate  list  of  all
Subsidiaries  of the Borrower as of the date of this  Agreement,  setting  forth
their  respective  jurisdictions  of  organization  and the  percentage of their
respective  capital stock or other ownership  interests owned by the Borrower or
other Subsidiaries. All of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock or
other  ownership  interests of such  Subsidiaries  have been (to the extent such
concepts are relevant with respect to such ownership  interests) duly authorized
and issued and are fully paid and non-assessable.

         5.9. ERISA. There are no Unfunded Liabilities under any Single Employer
Plans.  Each  Plan  complies  in  all  material  respects  with  all  applicable
requirements  of law and  regulations,  no  Reportable  Event has occurred  with
respect to any Plan, neither the Borrower nor any other member of the Controlled
Group has withdrawn from any Plan or initiated steps to do so, and no steps have
been taken to reorganize or terminate any Plan.

         5.10.  ACCURACY  OF  INFORMATION.  No  information,  exhibit  or report
furnished by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to the Managing Agent or to
any Lender in connection with the  negotiation of, or compliance  with, the Loan
Documents  contained  any  material  misstatement  of fact or omitted to state a
material fact or any fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not
misleading.



                                       83
<PAGE>



         5.11.   REGULATION  U.  Margin  stock  (as  defined  in  Regulation  U)
constitutes  less than 25% of the value of those  assets of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries  which are  subject to any  limitation  on sale,  pledge,  or other
restriction hereunder.

         5.12. MATERIAL AGREEMENTS. Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary is a
party  to any  agreement  or  instrument  or  subject  to any  charter  or other
corporate  restriction  which  could  reasonably  be expected to have a Material
Adverse  Effect.  Neither the Borrower nor any  Subsidiary  is in default in the
performance,  observance or fulfillment of any of the obligations,  covenants or
conditions  contained in (i) any agreement to which it is a party, which default
could  reasonably  be  expected  to have a Material  Adverse  Effect or (ii) any
agreement or instrument evidencing or governing Indebtedness. The Lenders hereby
acknowledge that they have previously been informed of the possible existence of
a default  under the Senior  Unsecured  Notes and that the  existence  of such a
default  shall not  constitute a breach of the  representation  and warranty set
forth herein.

         5.13.  COMPLIANCE  OF LAWS.  The  Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries  have
complied  with  all  applicable  statutes,   rules,   regulations,   orders  and
restrictions  of any domestic or foreign  government or any  instrumentality  or
agency  thereof  having  jurisdiction  over  the  conduct  of  their  respective
businesses or the ownership of their respective Property.

         5.14.  OWNERSHIP OF  PROPERTIES.  Except as set forth on Schedule 2, on
the date of this  Agreement,  the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  will have good
title,  free of all Liens other than those  permitted by Section 6.15, to all of
the Property and assets  reflected in the  Borrower's  most recent  consolidated
financial statements provided to the Managing Agent as owned by the Borrower and
its Subsidiaries.

         5.15.  PLAN  ASSETS;  PROHIBITED  TRANSACTIONS.  The Borrower is not an
entity  deemed to hold  "plan  assets"  within  the  meaning  of 29  C.F.R.  ss.
2510.3-101  of an employee  benefit  plan (as defined in Section  3(3) of ERISA)
which is subject to Title I of ERISA or any plan  (within the meaning of Section
4975 of the Code), and neither the execution of this Agreement nor the making of
Credit Extensions  hereunder gives rise to a prohibited  transaction  within the
meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

         5.16.  ENVIRONMENTAL  MATTERS.  In the ordinary course of its business,
the officers of the Borrower  consider the effect of  Environmental  Laws on the
business  of the  Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries,  in the  course of which they
identify and evaluate  potential risks and liabilities  accruing to the Borrower
due to Environmental Laws. On the basis of this consideration,  the Borrower has
concluded  that  Environmental  Laws  cannot  reasonably  be  expected to have a
Material  Adverse  Effect.  Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary has received
any notice to the effect that its operations are not in material compliance with
any of the requirements of applicable  Environmental  Laws or are the subject of
any federal or state  investigation  evaluating  whether any remedial  action is
needed to respond to a release of any toxic or hazardous waste or substance into
the  environment,  which  non-compliance  or remedial action could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

         5.17.  INVESTMENT  COMPANY ACT. Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary
is an "investment company" or a company "controlled" by an "investment company",
within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

         5.18.  PUBLIC  HOLDING  COMPANY  ACT.  Neither  the  Borrower  nor  any
Subsidiary  is a  "holding  company"  or a  "subsidiary  company"  of a "holding
company",  or an "affiliate" of a "holding company" or of a "subsidiary company"




                                       84
<PAGE>



of a "holding company", within the meaning of the Public Utility Holding Company
Act of 1935, as amended.

         5.19.  YEAR 2000.  The Borrower has made an assessment of the Year 2000
Issues and has a realistic and achievable  program for remediating the Year 2000
Issues on a timely basis (the "Year 2000 Program"). Based on such assessment and
on the Year 2000 Program the Borrower does not reasonably  anticipate  that Year
2000 Issues will have a Material Adverse Effect.

         5.20.  SUBORDINATED  INDEBTEDNESS.  The Obligations  constitute  senior
indebtedness  which is entitled to the benefits of the subordination  provisions
of all outstanding Subordinated Indebtedness.

         5.21.  INSURANCE.  The  certificate  signed by the  President  or Chief
Financial  Officer of the  Borrower,  that attests to the existence and adequacy
of, and summarizes,  the property and casualty  insurance program carried by the
Borrower with respect to itself and its Subsidiaries and that has been furnished
by the Borrower to the Managing Agent and the Lenders, is complete and accurate.
This summary  includes the  insurer's or insurers'  name(s),  policy  number(s),
expiration date(s),  amount(s) of coverage,  type(s) of coverage,  exclusion(s),
and deductibles.  This summary also includes similar information,  and describes
any reserves, relating to any self-insurance program that is in effect.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                                    COVENANTS
                                    ---------


         During the term of this  Agreement,  unless the Required  Lenders shall
otherwise consent in writing:

         6.1. FINANCIAL  REPORTING.  The Borrower will maintain,  for itself and
each  Subsidiary,  a  system  of  accounting  established  and  administered  in
accordance with generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and furnish to the
Lenders:

         (i)  Within 90 days  after the close of each of its  fiscal  years,  an
unqualified audit report certified by independent  certified public  accountants
acceptable to the Lenders,  prepared in  accordance  with  Agreement  Accounting
Principles on a consolidated and consolidating basis  (consolidating  statements
need not be  certified  by such  accountants)  for itself and its  Subsidiaries,
including  balance sheets as of the end of such period,  related profit and loss
and  reconciliation  of  surplus  statements,  and a  statement  of cash  flows,
accompanied by (a) any management letter prepared by said accountants, and (b) a
certificate  of said  accountants  that,  in the  course  of  their  examination
necessary  for their  certification  of the  foregoing,  they have  obtained  no
knowledge  of any Default or  Unmatured  Default,  or if, in the opinion of such
accountants,  any Default or Unmatured  Default shall exist,  stating the nature
and status thereof.

         (ii)  Within  45 days  after the  close of the  first  three  quarterly
periods  of  each  of  its  fiscal  years,  for  itself  and  its  Subsidiaries,
consolidated and consolidating  unaudited balance sheets as at the close of each
such   period  and   consolidated   and   consolidating   profit  and  loss  and
reconciliation  of  surplus  statements  and a  statement  of cash flows for the




                                       85
<PAGE>



period from the  beginning of such fiscal year to the end of such  quarter,  all
certified by its chief financial officer.

         (iii)  Together with the financial  statements  required under Sections
6.1(i) and (ii), a compliance certificate in substantially the form of Exhibit B
signed by its chief  financial  officer  showing the  calculations  necessary to
determine  compliance  with  this  Agreement  and  stating  that no  Default  or
Unmatured Default exists, or if any Default or Unmatured Default exists, stating
the nature and status thereof.

         (iv) Within 270 days after the close of each fiscal  year,  a statement
of the Unfunded  Liabilities of each Single Employer Plan,  certified as correct
by an actuary enrolled under ERISA.

         (v) As soon as  possible  and in any  event  within  10 days  after the
Borrower knows that any Reportable  Event has occurred with respect to any Plan,
a statement,  signed by the chief financial officer of the Borrower,  describing
said  Reportable  Event and the action which the Borrower  proposes to take with
respect thereto.

         (vi) As soon as possible and in any event within 10 days after  receipt
by the  Borrower,  a copy of (a) any  notice  or  claim to the  effect  that the
Borrower  or any of its  Subsidiaries  is or may be  liable  to any  Person as a
result of the release by the  Borrower,  any of its  Subsidiaries,  or any other
Person of any toxic or hazardous  waste or substance into the  environment,  and
(b)  any  notice  alleging  any  violation  of  any  federal,   state  or  local
environmental,  health or safety law or regulation by the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries,  which,  in either case,  could  reasonably  be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect.

         (vii) Promptly upon the furnishing  thereof to the  shareholders of the
Borrower,  copies of all financial  statements,  reports and proxy statements so
furnished.

         (viii)  Promptly upon the filing  thereof,  copies of all  registration
statements  and annual,  quarterly,  monthly or other regular  reports which the
Borrower  or any of its  Subsidiaries  files with the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission.

         (ix) As soon as  available,  but in any event  within 90 days after the
beginning of each fiscal year of the  Borrower,  a copy of the plan and forecast
(including a projected  consolidated  and  consolidating  balance sheet,  income
statement and funds flow statement) of the Borrower for such fiscal year, broken
down on a fiscal quarter by fiscal quarter basis.

         (x) Such other information (including non-financial information) as the
Managing Agent or any Lender may from time to time reasonably request.

         6.2. USE OF PROCEEDS.  The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Credit
Extensions for general corporate purposes,  including,  without  limitation,  to
repay all or a portion of the Senior Unsecured Notes. The Borrower will not, nor
will it permit any  Subsidiary  to, use any of the  proceeds of the  Advances to
purchase or carry any "margin stock" (as defined in Regulation U).



                                       86
<PAGE>



         6.3.  NOTICE  OF  DEFAULT.  The  Borrower  will,  and will  cause  each
Subsidiary to, give prompt notice in writing to the Lenders of the occurrence of
any Default or  Unmatured  Default and of any other  development,  financial  or
otherwise (including, without limitation, developments with respect to Year 2000
Issues), which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

         6.4.  CONDUCT  OF  BUSINESS.  The  Borrower  will,  and will cause each
Subsidiary  to,  carry on and conduct its  business  in  substantially  the same
manner and in  substantially  the same fields of  enterprise  as it is presently
conducted and do all things necessary to remain duly  incorporated or organized,
validly existing and (to the extent such concept applies to such entity) in good
standing as a domestic corporation,  partnership or limited liability company in
its  jurisdiction  of  incorporation  or  organization,  as the case may be, and
maintain all requisite authority to conduct its business in each jurisdiction in
which its business is conducted.

         6.5.  TAXES.  The Borrower  will,  and will cause each  Subsidiary  to,
timely file complete and correct United States  federal and applicable  foreign,
state  and  local  tax  returns  required  by law and pay  when  due all  taxes,
assessments and governmental  charges and levies upon it or its income,  profits
or Property, except those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings  and with respect to which adequate  reserves have been set aside in
accordance with Agreement Accounting Principles.

         6.6.  INSURANCE.  The Borrower will, and will cause each Subsidiary to,
maintain with financially sound and reputable  insurance  companies insurance on
all their Property in such amounts and covering such risks as is consistent with
sound  business  practice,  and the  Borrower  will  furnish to any Lender  upon
request full information as to the insurance carried.

         6.7.  COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.  The  Borrower  will,  and  will cause each
Subsidiary  to,  comply  with  all  laws,  rules,  regulations,  orders,  writs,
judgments,  injunctions, decrees or awards to which it may be subject including,
without limitation, all Environmental Laws.

         6.8. MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTIES.  The Borrower will, and will cause each
Subsidiary to, do all things necessary to maintain,  preserve,  protect and keep
its Property in good repair, working order and condition, and make all necessary
and proper repairs, renewals and replacements so that its business carried on in
connection therewith may be properly conducted at all times.

         6.9. INSPECTION.  The Borrower will, and will cause each Subsidiary to,
permit the Managing Agent and the Lenders,  by their respective  representatives
and agents,  to inspect any of the Property,  books and financial records of the
Borrower  and each  Subsidiary,  to  examine  and make  copies  of the  books of
accounts and other financial records of the Borrower and each Subsidiary, and to
discuss the affairs,  finances and accounts of the Borrower and each  Subsidiary
with,  and to be advised as to the same by,  their  respective  officers at such
reasonable  times  and  intervals  as  the  Managing  Agent  or any  Lender  may
designate.

         6.10.  DIVIDENDS.  The  Borrower  will  not,  nor  will it  permit  any
Subsidiary  to,  declare or pay any dividends or make any  distributions  on its
capital stock (other than dividends payable in its own capital stock) or redeem,
repurchase  or otherwise  acquire or retire any of its capital stock at any time
outstanding,  except that:  (i) any  Subsidiary may declare and pay dividends or
make distributions to the Borrower or to a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary,  and (ii) so
long as there  does not exist a Default  or an  Unmatured  Default  and the same
would not exist  following  the making of such  payment,  the  Borrower  may pay
dividends on preferred stock in a face amount not to exceed $150,000,000.00.



                                       87
<PAGE>



          6.11.  INDEBTEDNESS.  The  Borrower  will not,  nor will it permit any
Subsidiary to, create, incur or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:

         (i)   The Loans and the Reimbursement Obligations.

         (ii) Indebtedness existing on the date hereof and described in Schedule
2.

         (iii)  Other   Indebtedness   which  when  added  to  the  Indebtedness
outstanding  and  permitted   under   subsection  (ii)  above  does  not  exceed
$10,000,000.00.

         6.12.  MERGER. The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any Subsidiary
to, merge or consolidate with or into any other Person, except that a Subsidiary
may merge into the Borrower or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary.

         6.13.  SALE OF ASSETS.  The  Borrower  will not, nor will it permit any
Subsidiary  to,  lease,  sell or otherwise  dispose of its Property to any other
Person, except:

         (i)   Sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business.

         (ii) Leases, sales or other dispositions of its Property that, together
with all other Property of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries  previously leased,
sold or disposed of (other than inventory in the ordinary course of business) as
permitted by this Section during the  twelve-month  period ending with the month
in which any such lease, sale or other  disposition  occurs, do not constitute a
Substantial Portion of the Property of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

         6.14. INVESTMENTS AND ACQUISITIONS.  The Borrower will not, nor will it
permit any  Subsidiary  to, make or suffer to exist any  Investments  (including
without   limitation,   loans  and  advances  to,  and  other   Investments  in,
Subsidiaries), or commitments therefor, or to create any Subsidiary or to become
or  remain  a  partner  in any  partnership  or  joint  venture,  or to make any
Acquisition of any Person, except:

         (i)   Cash Equivalent Investments.

         (ii) Existing  Investments  in  Subsidiaries  and other  Investments in
existence on the date hereof and described in Schedule 1.

         (iii) Other  Investments and  Acquisitions  made during any consecutive
twelve-month  period,  tested as of the end of each fiscal quarter,  for a total
consideration which when added to Capital  Expenditures in excess of Maintenance
Capital  Expenditures  during such period does not exceed: (a) for any single or
series of related transactions,  10% of Consolidated Net Worth as of the date of
consummation  of  such   Investment  or   Acquisition,   or  (b)  for  all  such
transactions,  20% of  Consolidated  Net Worth as of the date of consummation of
the most recent of such Investment or Acquisition.

         6.15.  LIENS.  The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any Subsidiary
to, create,  incur, or suffer to exist any Lien in, of or on the Property of the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, except:



                                       88
<PAGE>



         (i) Liens for taxes,  assessments or governmental  charges or levies on
its Property if the same shall not at the time be delinquent  or thereafter  can
be paid without penalty, or are being contested in good faith and by appropriate
proceedings  and for  which  adequate  reserves  in  accordance  with  Agreement
Accounting Principles shall have been set aside on its books.

         (ii)  Liens  imposed  by law,  such as  carriers',  warehousemen's  and
mechanics'  liens and other  similar  liens  arising in the  ordinary  course of
business which secure  payment of obligations  not more than 60 days past due or
which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which
adequate reserves shall have been set aside on its books.

         (iii)  Liens  arising  out  of  pledges  or  deposits   under  worker's
compensation laws,  unemployment  insurance,  old age pensions,  or other social
security or retirement benefits, or similar legislation.

         (iv)  Utility   easements,   building   restrictions   and  such  other
encumbrances  or charges  against  real  property  as are of a nature  generally
existing with respect to  properties of a similar  character and which do not in
any material way affect the  marketability of the same or interfere with the use
thereof in the business of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries.

         (v) Liens existing on the date hereof and described in Schedule 2.

         6.16. CAPITAL  EXPENDITURES.  The Borrower will not, nor will it permit
any Subsidiary to, expend, or be committed to expend,  for Capital  Expenditures
during any fiscal period that dollar amount which would cause the Borrower to be
in violation of the provisions of Section 6.14(iii) above.

         6.17.  YEAR  2000.  The  Borrower  will take and will cause each of its
Subsidiaries   to  take  all  such  actions  as  are  reasonably   necessary  to
successfully implement the Year 2000 Program and to assure that Year 2000 Issues
will not have a Material  Adverse Effect.  At the request of the Managing Agent,
the Borrower will provide a description of the Year 2000 Program,  together with
any updates or progress reports with respect thereto.

         6.18.  AFFILIATES.  The  Borrower  will not,  and will not  permit  any
Subsidiary to, enter into any transaction  (including,  without limitation,  the
purchase  or sale of any  Property  or  service)  with,  or make any  payment or
transfer  to,  any  Affiliate  except in the  ordinary  course of  business  and
pursuant to the reasonable  requirements of the Borrower's or such  Subsidiary's
business and upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the Borrower or
such  Subsidiary  than  the  Borrower  or  such  Subsidiary  would  obtain  in a
comparable arms-length transaction.

         6.19.  AMENDMENTS  TO  AGREEMENTS.  The Borrower will not, and will not
permit any Subsidiary to, amend, extend or otherwise modify the Senior Unsecured
Notes or any document relating thereto (it being expressly agreed and understood
by the parties hereto that the prepayment of the Senior  Unsecured  Notes at par
shall not constitute a violation of this Section 6.19).

         6.20.  SUBORDINATED  INDEBTEDNESS.  The Borrower will not, and will not
permit any Subsidiary to, make any amendment or  modification  to the indenture,
note or other agreement  evidencing or governing any Subordinated  Indebtedness,
or directly or indirectly  voluntarily prepay,  defease or in substance defease,
purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire, any Subordinated Indebtedness.



                                       89
<PAGE>



         6.21.  SALE OF ACCOUNTS.  The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any
Subsidiary  to, sell or otherwise  dispose of any notes  receivable  or accounts
receivable, with or without recourse.

          6.22.  SALE AND LEASEBACK  TRANSACTIONS  AND OTHER  OFF-BALANCE  SHEET
LIABILITIES.  The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any Subsidiary to, enter
into or suffer to exist any (i) Sale and Leaseback Transaction or (ii) any other
transaction  pursuant  to which it  incurs  or has  incurred  Off-Balance  Sheet
Liabilities.

         6.23. CONTINGENT OBLIGATIONS. The Borrower will not, nor will it permit
any Subsidiary to, make or suffer to exist any Contingent Obligation (including,
without limitation, any Contingent Obligation with respect to the obligations of
a  Subsidiary),  except  (i)  by  endorsement  of  instruments  for  deposit  or
collection  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business,   (ii)  the   Reimbursement
Obligations and (iii) Contingent Obligations set forth on SCHEDULE 2 hereto.

         6.24.  FINANCIAL COVENANTS.

                  6.24.1.  FIXED CHARGE  COVERAGE  RATIO.  The Borrower will not
         permit  the  ratio,  determined  as of the end of  each  of its  fiscal
         quarters for the then most-recently ended four fiscal quarters,  of (i)
         Consolidated  EBITDA plus  Consolidated  Rentals and minus  Maintenance
         Capital  Expenditures,  expenses  for taxes  paid or  accrued  and cash
         dividends paid or accrued, to (ii) Consolidated  Interest Expense, plus
         Consolidated   Rentals,   plus  current   maturities  of   Indebtedness
         (including the principal  portion of Capitalized  Lease Obligations but
         excluding  the  current  portion  of the  Obligations  hereunder),  all
         calculated  for the Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries  on a  consolidated
         basis, to be less than 1.75 to 1.0.

                  6.24.2.  LEVERAGE  RATIO.  The  Borrower  will not  permit the
         ratio,  determined as of the end of each of its fiscal quarters, of (i)
         Consolidated  Funded  Indebtedness to (ii) Consolidated  EBITDA for the
         then most-recently ended four fiscal quarters to be greater than 2.0 to
         1.0.

                  6.24.3.  MINIMUM  NET WORTH.  The  Borrower  will at all times
         maintain  Consolidated Net Worth of not less than the sum of (i) 80% of
         its  Consolidated  Net  Worth at  August  31,  1999,  plus  (ii) 40% of
         Consolidated  Net Income earned in each fiscal  quarter  beginning with
         the quarter  ending  November 30, 1999 (without  deduction for losses),
         and  plus  (iii)  80% of  the  net  proceeds  of  any  equity  offering
         consummated after August 31, 1999.


                                   ARTICLE VII

                                    DEFAULTS
                                    --------


         The  occurrence  of any  one or  more  of the  following  events  shall
constitute a Default:

          7.1.  Any  representation  or  warranty  made or deemed  made by or on
behalf of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to the Lenders or the Managing
Agent under or in connection with this Agreement,  any Credit Extension,  or any
certificate  or information  delivered in connection  with this Agreement or any
other Loan Document shall be materially false on the date as of which made.



                                       90
<PAGE>



          7.2.  Nonpayment of principal of any Loan when due,  nonpayment of any
Reimbursement  Obligation within one Business Day after the same becomes due, or
nonpayment of interest upon any Loan or of any  commitment  fee, LC Fee or other
obligations  under any of the Loan  Documents  within  five days  after the same
becomes due.

          7.3. The breach by the Borrower of any of the terms or  provisions  of
Article VI.

          7.4. The breach by the Borrower (other than a breach which constitutes
a Default  under  another  Section of this  Article  VII) of any of the terms or
provisions  of this  Agreement  which is not  remedied  within  five days  after
written notice from the Managing Agent or any Lender.

          7.5.  Failure of the Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries  to pay when
due any other Indebtedness,  including, without limitation, the Senior Unsecured
Notes  or the  default  by the  Borrower  or  any  of  its  Subsidiaries  in the
performance (beyond the applicable grace period with respect thereto, if any) of
any term, provision or condition contained in any agreement under which any such
Indebtedness  was  created or is  governed,  or any other  event  shall occur or
condition  exist, the effect of which default or event is to cause, or to permit
the holder or holders of such Indebtedness to cause, such Indebtedness to become
due prior to its stated maturity;  or any Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of
its  Subsidiaries  shall be  declared  to be due and  payable or  required to be
prepaid or repurchased  (other than by a regularly  scheduled  payment) prior to
the stated maturity  thereof;  or the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries  shall
not pay, or admit in writing its  inability to pay, its debts  generally as they
become due.

          7.6. The Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries  shall (i) have an order
for relief entered with respect to it under the Federal  bankruptcy  laws as now
or hereafter in effect,  (ii) make an  assignment  for the benefit of creditors,
(iii)  apply for,  seek,  consent  to, or  acquiesce  in, the  appointment  of a
receiver, custodian, trustee, examiner, liquidator or similar official for it or
any Substantial  Portion of its Property,  (iv) institute any proceeding seeking
an order for relief  under the Federal  bankruptcy  laws as now or  hereafter in
effect  or  seeking  to  adjudicate  it a  bankrupt  or  insolvent,  or  seeking
dissolution, winding up, liquidation, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or
composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy,  insolvency
or  reorganization  or  relief  of  debtors  or fail to file an  answer or other
pleading  denying the material  allegations of any such proceeding filed against
it, (v) take any corporate or  partnership  action to authorize or effect any of
the  foregoing  actions set forth in this Section 7.6 or (vi) fail to contest in
good faith any appointment or proceeding described in Section 7.7.

          7.7. Without the  application,  approval or consent of the Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries,  a receiver,  trustee, examiner,  liquidator or similar
official shall be appointed for the Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries  or any
Substantial  Portion  of its  Property,  or a  proceeding  described  in Section
7.6(iv) shall be instituted  against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and
such appointment continues undischarged or such proceeding continues undismissed
or unstayed for a period of 60 consecutive days.

          7.8. Any court, government or governmental agency shall condemn, seize
or otherwise  appropriate,  or take custody or control of, all or any portion of
the Property of the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  which,  when taken  together
with all other  Property of the  Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries  so  condemned,
seized,  appropriated,  or taken custody or control of, during the  twelve-month
period  ending with the month in which any such  action  occurs,  constitutes  a
Substantial Portion.



                                       91
<PAGE>



          7.9. The Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall fail within 30 days
to pay, bond or otherwise  discharge one or more (i) judgments or orders for the
payment  of money in excess  of  $5,000,000.00  (or the  equivalent  thereof  in
currencies  other  than U.S.  Dollars)  in the  aggregate,  or (ii)  nonmonetary
judgments or orders which, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, which judgment(s), in any such case,
is/are not stayed on appeal or otherwise being  appropriately  contested in good
faith.

         7.10.  The  Unfunded  Liabilities  of all Single  Employer  Plans shall
exceed in the aggregate  $5,000,000.00  or any  Reportable  Event shall occur in
connection with any Plan.

         7.11. Any Change in Control shall occur.



                                  ARTICLE VIII

                 ACCELERATION, WAIVERS, AMENDMENTS AND REMEDIES
                 ----------------------------------------------


         8.1.     ACCELERATION; FACILITY LC COLLATERAL ACCOUNT.

          (i) If any Default described in Section 7.6 or 7.7 occurs with respect
to the Borrower,  the obligations of the Lenders to make Loans hereunder and the
obligation and power of the LC Issuer to issue Facility LCs shall  automatically
terminate and the Obligations shall  immediately  become due and payable without
any election or action on the part of the Managing  Agent,  the LC Issuer or any
Lender and the Borrower will be and become  thereby  unconditionally  obligated,
without  any  further  notice,  act or demand,  to pay to the Agent an amount in
immediately  available  funds,  which  funds  shall be held in the  Facility  LC
Collateral Account,  equal to the difference of (x) the amount of LC Obligations
at such  time,  less (y) the amount on deposit  in the  Facility  LC  Collateral
Account  at such time  which is free and clear of all rights and claims of third
parties and has not been applied against the Obligations (such  difference,  the
"Collateral  Shortfall  Amount").  If any other  Default  occurs,  the  Required
Lenders (or the Managing Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders) may (a)
terminate or suspend the  obligations of the Lenders to make Loans hereunder and
the  obligation and power of the LC Issuer to issue Facility LCs, or declare the
Obligations  to be due and payable,  or both,  whereupon the  Obligations  shall
become  immediately due and payable,  without  presentment,  demand,  protest or
notice of any kind, all of which the Borrower hereby expressly  waives,  and (b)
upon notice to the  Borrower and in addition to the  continuing  right to demand
payment of all amounts payable under this Agreement, make demand on the Borrower
to pay,  and the  Borrower  will,  forthwith  upon such  demand and  without any
further notice or act, pay to the Agent the Collateral  Shortfall Amount,  which
funds shall be deposited in the Facility LC Collateral Account..

         (ii)  If at any  time  while  any  Default  is  continuing,  the  Agent
determines  that the  Collateral  Shortfall  Amount at such time is greater than
zero,  the Agent may make demand on the Borrower to pay, and the Borrower  will,
forthwith  upon such demand and without  any further  notice or act,  pay to the
Agent the  Collateral  Shortfall  Amount,  which funds shall be deposited in the
Facility LC Collateral Account.

         (iii) The Agent  may at any time or from time to time  after  funds are
deposited in the Facility LC Collateral Account, apply such funds to the payment




                                       92
<PAGE>



of the  Obligations and any other amounts as shall from time to time have become
due and payable by the  Borrower to the Lenders or the LC Issuer  under the Loan
Documents.

         (iv) At any time while any Default is continuing,  neither the Borrower
nor any Person  claiming  on behalf of or through  the  Borrower  shall have any
right to withdraw any of the funds held in the Facility LC  Collateral  Account.
After  all of the  Obligations  have  been  indefeasibly  paid in  full  and the
Aggregate Commitment has been terminated, any funds remaining in the Facility LC
Collateral  Account  shall be returned  by the Agent to the  Borrower or paid to
whomever may be legally entitled thereto at such time.

         (v) If,  within  30 days  after  acceleration  of the  maturity  of the
Obligations or  termination of the  obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and
the  obligation  and power of the LC Issuer to issue Facility LCs hereunder as a
result of any Default (other than any Default as described in Section 7.6 or 7.7
with respect to the  Borrower) and before any judgment or decree for the payment
of the Obligations due shall have been obtained or entered, the Required Lenders
(in their sole discretion) shall so direct,  the Managing Agent shall, by notice
to the Borrower, rescind and annul such acceleration and/or termination.

         8.2.  AMENDMENTS.  Subject to the  provisions of this Article VIII, the
Required  Lenders  (or the  Managing  Agent  with the  consent in writing of the
Required Lenders) and the Borrower may enter into agreements supplemental hereto
for the purpose of adding or modifying any  provisions to the Loan  Documents or
changing in any manner the rights of the Lenders or the  Borrower  hereunder  or
waiving any Default  hereunder;  PROVIDED, HOWEVER,  that  no such  supplemental
agreement shall, without the consent of all of the Lenders:

         (i) Extend the final maturity of any Loan, or extend the expiry date of
any  Facility LC to a date after the Facility  Termination  Date or postpone any
regularly  scheduled  payment of  principal  of any Loan or  forgive  all or any
portion of the principal amount thereof or any Reimbursement  Obligation related
thereto,  or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of  interest  or fees
thereon or Reimbursement Obligations related thereto.

         (ii) Reduce the  percentage  specified  in the  definition  of Required
Lenders.

         (iii)  Extend  the  Facility  Termination  Date or reduce the amount or
extend the payment date for, the mandatory  payments required under Section 2.2,
or increase the amount of the Aggregate Commitment, the Commitment of any Lender
hereunder or the  commitment  to issue  Facility  LCs, or permit the Borrower to
assign its rights under this Agreement.

         (iv) Amend this Section 8.2.

No amendment of any provision of this  Agreement  relating to the Managing Agent
shall be effective  without the written  consent of the Managing  Agent,  and no
amendment of any provision  relating to the LC Issuer shall be effective without
the written  consent of the LC Issuer.  The Managing  Agent may waive payment of
the fee required under Section 12.3.2 without obtaining the consent of any other
party to this Agreement.

         8.3.  PRESERVATION OF RIGHTS. No delay or omission of the Lenders,  the
LC Issuer or the Managing  Agent to exercise any right under the Loan  Documents




                                       93
<PAGE>



shall  impair  such right or be  construed  to be a waiver of any  Default or an
acquiescence  therein, and the making of a Credit Extension  notwithstanding the
existence  of a  Default  or  the  inability  of the  Borrower  to  satisfy  the
conditions precedent to such Credit Extension shall not constitute any waiver or
acquiescence.  Any  single  or  partial  exercise  of any such  right  shall not
preclude other or further  exercise  thereof or the exercise of any other right,
and no  waiver,  amendment  or  other  variation  of the  terms,  conditions  or
provisions  of the Loan  Documents  whatsoever  shall be valid unless in writing
signed by the Lenders  required  pursuant to Section  8.2,  and then only to the
extent in such writing  specifically  set forth.  All remedies  contained in the
Loan Documents or by law afforded shall be cumulative and all shall be available
to the Managing Agent,  the LC Issuer and the Lenders until the Obligations have
been paid in full.


                                   ARTICLE IX

                               GENERAL PROVISIONS
                               ------------------


         9.1. SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS. All representations and warranties of
the Borrower  contained in this Agreement shall survive the making of the Credit
Extensions herein contemplated.

         9.2.  GOVERNMENTAL  REGULATION.  Anything contained in this Agreemen to
the  contrary  notwithstanding,  neither  the LC Issuer nor any Lender  shall be
obligated to extend  credit to the Borrower in  violation of any  limitation  or
prohibition provided by any applicable statute or regulation.

         9.3. HEADINGS.   Section  headings  in  the  Loan   Documents  are  for
convenience of reference only, and shall not govern the interpretation of any of
the provisions of the Loan Documents.

         9.4. ENTIRE  AGREEMENT.  The Loan Documents embody the entire agreement
and understanding among the Borrower,  the Managing Agent, the LC Issuer and the
Lenders  and  supersede  all  prior  agreements  and  understandings  among  the
Borrower,  the  Managing  Agent,  the LC Issuer and the Lenders  relating to the
subject matter thereof other than any fee letter described in Section 10.13.

         9.5. SEVERAL  OBLIGATIONS;  BENEFITS OF THIS AGREEMENT.  The respective
obligations  of the  Lenders  hereunder  are several and not joint and no Lender
shall be the  partner  or agent of any other  (except to the extent to which the
Managing  Agent is  authorized  to act as such).  The  failure  of any Lender to
perform any of its obligations hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender from
any of its obligations hereunder. This Agreement shall not be construed so as to
confer any right or  benefit  upon any  Person  other  than the  parties to this
Agreement and their respective successors and assigns,  provided,  however, that
the parties hereto expressly agree that the Arranger shall enjoy the benefits of
the  provisions of Sections 9.6, 9.10 and 10.11 to the extent  specifically  set
forth  therein and shall have the right to enforce  such  provisions  on its own
behalf  and in its own  name to the  same  extent  as if it were a party to this
Agreement.

         9.6.  EXPENSES;  INDEMNIFICATION.  (i) The Borrower shall reimburse the
Managing   Agent  and  the  Arranger  for  any  costs,   internal   charges  and
out-of-pocket  expenses (including attorneys' fees and time charges of attorneys
for the Managing Agent,  which attorneys may be employees of the Managing Agent)
paid or incurred by the Managing  Agent or the Arranger in  connection  with the
preparation,  negotiation,  execution, delivery, syndication, review, amendment,
modification, and administration of the Loan Documents. The Borrower also agrees
to reimburse the Managing Agent, the Arranger, the LC Issuer and the Lenders for
any costs,  internal charges and out-of-pocket  expenses  (including  attorneys'




                                       94
<PAGE>



fees and time charges of attorneys for the Managing Agent, the Arranger,  the LC
Issuer and the Lenders,  which attorneys may be employees of the Managing Agent,
the  Arranger,  the LC Issuer or the  Lenders)  paid or incurred by the Managing
Agent,  the  Arranger,  the LC  Issuer  or any  Lender  in  connection  with the
collection and enforcement of the Loan Documents.  Expenses being  reimbursed by
the Borrower under this Section include, without limitation,  costs and expenses
incurred in connection with the Reports described in the following sentence. The
Borrower  acknowledges  that  from  time to time  Bank One may  prepare  and may
distribute to the Lenders (but shall have no obligation or duty to prepare or to
distribute to the Lenders)  certain audit reports (the "Reports")  pertaining to
the Borrower's assets for internal use by Bank One from information furnished to
it by or on behalf of the  Borrower,  after Bank One has exercised its rights of
inspection pursuant to this Agreement.

         (ii) The  Borrower  hereby  further  agrees to  indemnify  the Managing
Agent, the Arranger,  the LC Issuer, each Lender,  their respective  affiliates,
and each of their directors,  officers and employees against all losses, claims,
damages,  penalties,  judgments,  liabilities and expenses  (including,  without
limitation,  all expenses of litigation or preparation  therefor  whether or not
the  Managing  Agent,  the  Arranger,  the LC  Issuer  or any  Lender is a party
thereto)  which any of them may pay or incur  arising out of or relating to this
Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the transactions contemplated hereby or the
direct or indirect  application  or proposed  application of the proceeds of any
Credit  Extension  hereunder  except to the extent that they are determined in a
final  non-appealable  judgment  by a court of  competent  jurisdiction  to have
resulted from the gross  negligence  or willful  misconduct of the party seeking
indemnification.  The  obligations  of the Borrower under this Section 9.6 shall
survive the termination of this Agreement.

         9.7. NUMBERS OF DOCUMENTS. All statements,  notices, closing documents,
and requests  hereunder shall be furnished to the Managing Agent with sufficient
counterparts so that the Managing Agent may furnish one to each of the Lenders.

         9.8.  ACCOUNTING.  Except  as  provided  to the  contrary  herein,  all
accounting   terms  used  herein  shall  be   interpreted   and  all  accounting
determinations  hereunder shall be made in accordance with Agreement  Accounting
Principles.

         9.9.  SEVERABILITY  OF  PROVISIONS.  Any provision in any Loan Document
that is held to be inoperative,  unenforceable,  or invalid in any  jurisdiction
shall,  as to that  jurisdiction,  be  inoperative,  unenforceable,  or  invalid
without  affecting  the  remaining   provisions  in  that  jurisdiction  or  the
operation,   enforceability,   or  validity  of  that  provision  in  any  other
jurisdiction,  and to this end the provisions of all Loan Documents are declared
to be severable.

         9.10. NONLIABILITY OF LENDERS. The relationship between the Borrower on
the one hand and the Lenders,  the LC Issuer and the Managing Agent on the other
hand shall be solely that of borrower and lender.  Neither the  Managing  Agent,
the   Arranger,   the  LC  Issuer  nor  any  Lender  shall  have  any  fiduciary
responsibilities to the Borrower.  Neither the Managing Agent, the Arranger, the
LC Issuer nor any Lender undertakes any responsibility to the Borrower to review
or  inform  the  Borrower  of any  matter  in  connection  with any phase of the
Borrower's business or operations. The Borrower agrees that neither the Managing
Agent,  the Arranger,  the LC Issuer nor any Lender shall have  liability to the
Borrower (whether  sounding in tort,  contract or otherwise) for losses suffered
by the Borrower in  connection  with,  arising out of, or in any way related to,
the  transactions  contemplated  and the  relationship  established  by the Loan
Documents,  or any act,  omission or event  occurring in  connection  therewith,
unless  it is  determined  in a final  non-appealable  judgment  by a  court  of




                                       95
<PAGE>



competent  jurisdiction  that such losses resulted from the gross  negligence or
willful  misconduct  of the party from which  recovery  is sought.  Neither  the
Managing  Agent,  the  Arranger,  the LC Issuer  nor any  Lender  shall have any
liability with respect to, and the Borrower  hereby waives,  releases and agrees
not to sue for, any special,  indirect or consequential  damages suffered by the
Borrower in connection  with,  arising out of, or in any way related to the Loan
Documents or the transactions contemplated thereby.

         9.11.  CONFIDENTIALITY.  Each  Lender  agrees to hold any  confidential
information which it may receive from the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement in
confidence, except for disclosure (i) to its Affiliates and to other Lenders and
their  respective  Affiliates,  (ii) to legal  counsel,  accountants,  and other
professional  advisors to such Lender or to a  Transferee,  (iii) to  regulatory
officials,  (iv) to any Person as  requested  pursuant to or as required by law,
regulation,  or legal  process,  (v) to any Person in connection  with any legal
proceeding  to which such  Lender is a party,  (vi) to such  Lender's  direct or
indirect  contractual  counterparties  in swap  agreements or to legal  counsel,
accountants and other  professional  advisors to such  counterparties,  (vii) to
rating  agencies if requested or required by such agencies in connection  with a
rating relating to the Advances hereunder and (viii) permitted by Section 12.4.

         9.12. NONRELIANCE. Each Lender hereby represents that it is not relying
on or looking to any margin  stock (as defined in  Regulation  U of the Board of
Governors  of the  Federal  Reserve  System)  for the  repayment  of the  Credit
Extensions provided for herein.

         9.13.  DISCLOSURE.  The Borrower and each Lender hereby (i) acknowledge
and  agree  that  Bank One  and/or  its  Affiliates  from  time to time may hold
investments  in,  make  other  loans  to or have  other  relationships  with the
Borrower and its  Affiliates,  and (ii) waive any  liability of Bank One or such
Affiliate of Bank One to the Borrower or any Lender,  respectively,  arising out
of or  resulting  from  such  investments,  loans or  relationships  other  than
liabilities  arising out of the gross  negligence or willful  misconduct of Bank
One or its Affiliates.


                                    ARTICLE X

                                    THE AGENT
                                    ---------


         10.1.  APPOINTMENT;  NATURE OF  RELATIONSHIP.  Bank  One,  NA is hereby
appointed  by each of the  Lenders  as its  contractual  representative  (herein
referred  to as the  "Managing  Agent")  hereunder  and under  each  other  Loan
Document,  and each of the Lenders irrevocably  authorizes the Managing Agent to
act as the contractual  representative of such Lender with the rights and duties
expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan  Documents.  The Managing Agent
agrees to act as such  contractual  representative  upon the express  conditions
contained  in  this  Article  X.  Notwithstanding  the use of the  defined  term
"Managing Agent," it is expressly  understood and agreed that the Managing Agent
shall not have any  fiduciary  responsibilities  to any Lender by reason of this
Agreement  or any other  Loan  Document  and that the  Managing  Agent is merely
acting as the contractual  representative  of the Lenders with only those duties
as are expressly set forth in this  Agreement and the other Loan  Documents.  In
its capacity as the Lenders' contractual representative,  the Managing Agent (i)
does not hereby  assume any  fiduciary  duties to any of the Lenders,  (ii) is a
"representative"  of the  Lenders  within the  meaning  of Section  9-105 of the
Uniform  Commercial Code and (iii) is acting as an independent  contractor,  the
rights and  duties of which are  limited  to those  expressly  set forth in this
Agreement  and the other Loan  Documents.  Each of the Lenders  hereby agrees to




                                       96
<PAGE>



assert no claim  against the  Managing  Agent on any agency  theory or any other
theory of  liability  for breach of  fiduciary  duty,  all of which  claims each
Lender hereby waives.

         10.2.  POWERS.  The  Managing  Agent shall have and may  exercise  such
powers under the Loan  Documents as are  specifically  delegated to the Managing
Agent by the terms of each thereof,  together with such powers as are reasonably
incidental  thereto.  The  Managing  Agent  shall have no implied  duties to the
Lenders,  or any obligation to the Lenders to take any action  thereunder except
any  action  specifically  provided  by the  Loan  Documents  to be taken by the
Managing Agent.

         10.3.  GENERAL  IMMUNITY.  Neither  the  Managing  Agent nor any of its
directors,  officers,  agents or employees shall be liable to the Borrower,  the
Lenders or any Lender for any action  taken or omitted to be taken by it or them
hereunder  or under  any  other  Loan  Document  or in  connection  herewith  or
therewith  except to the extent such action or inaction is determined in a final
non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have arisen from
the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Person.

         10.4. NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR LOANS, RECITALS,  ETC. Neither the Managing
Agent  nor  any of  its  directors,  officers,  agents  or  employees  shall  be
responsible  for or have any duty to ascertain,  inquire into, or verify (a) any
statement,  warranty or representation made in connection with any Loan Document
or any  borrowing  hereunder;  (b) the  performance  or observance of any of the
covenants  or  agreements  of any obligor  under any Loan  Document,  including,
without limitation,  any agreement by an obligor to furnish information directly
to each Lender;  (c) the satisfaction of any condition  specified in Article IV,
except receipt of items required to be delivered  solely to the Managing  Agent;
(d) the existence or possible existence of any Default or Unmatured Default; (e)
the validity, enforceability,  effectiveness,  sufficiency or genuineness of any
Loan  Document  or any other  instrument  or  writing  furnished  in  connection
therewith; (f) the value, sufficiency,  creation,  perfection or priority of any
Lien in any collateral security;  or (g) the financial condition of the Borrower
or any guarantor of any of the  Obligations  or of any of the  Borrower's or any
such guarantor's respective Subsidiaries.  The Managing Agent shall have no duty
to disclose to the Lenders  information  that is not required to be furnished by
the Borrower to the Managing Agent at such time, but is voluntarily furnished by
the Borrower to the Managing  Agent (either in its capacity as Managing Agent or
in its individual capacity).

         10.5.  ACTION ON INSTRUCTIONS  OF LENDERS.  The Managing Agent shall in
all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting,  hereunder
and under any other Loan Document in accordance with written instructions signed
by the Required  Lenders,  and such instructions and any action taken or failure
to act  pursuant  thereto  shall be binding on all of the  Lenders.  The Lenders
hereby  acknowledge  that the Managing  Agent shall be under no duty to take any
discretionary  action  permitted to be taken by it pursuant to the provisions of
this  Agreement  or any other  Loan  Document  unless it shall be  requested  in
writing to do so by the  Required  Lenders.  The  Managing  Agent shall be fully
justified  in failing or  refusing  to take any action  hereunder  and under any
other Loan Document unless it shall first be indemnified to its  satisfaction by
the Lenders pro rata against any and all liability, cost and expense that it may
incur by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action.

         10.6. EMPLOYMENT OF MANAGING AGENTS AND COUNSEL. The Managing Agent may
execute any of its duties as Managing  Agent  hereunder and under any other Loan
Document by or through employees, agents, and attorneys-in-fact and shall not be
answerable to the Lenders,  except as to money or  securities  received by it or
its  authorized  agents,  for the  default or  misconduct  of any such agents or
attorneys-in-fact  selected by it with reasonable care. The Managing Agent shall
be entitled to advice of counsel concerning the contractual  arrangement between




                                       97
<PAGE>



the Managing  Agent and the Lenders and all matters  pertaining  to the Managing
Agent's duties hereunder and under any other Loan Document.

         10.7.  RELIANCE ON  DOCUMENTS;  COUNSEL.  The  Managing  Agent shall be
entitled to rely upon any Note, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter,
telegram,  statement, paper or document believed by it to be genuine and correct
and to have been signed or sent by the proper person or persons, and, in respect
to legal matters,  upon the opinion of counsel  selected by the Managing  Agent,
which counsel may be employees of the Managing Agent.

         10.8. MANAGING AGENT'S  REIMBURSEMENT AND INDEMNIFICATION.  The Lenders
agree to reimburse  and  indemnify  the Managing  Agent ratably in proportion to
their respective  Commitments  (or, if the Commitments have been terminated,  in
proportion to their  Commitments  immediately prior to such termination) (i) for
any amounts not  reimbursed  by the  Borrower  for which the  Managing  Agent is
entitled to reimbursement by the Borrower under the Loan Documents, (ii) for any
other  expenses  incurred by the  Managing  Agent on behalf of the  Lenders,  in
connection  with  the  preparation,   execution,  delivery,  administration  and
enforcement  of the  Loan  Documents  (including,  without  limitation,  for any
expenses  incurred by the Managing Agent in connection  with any dispute between
the  Managing  Agent and any Lender or between two or more of the  Lenders)  and
(iii) for any liabilities,  obligations,  losses, damages,  penalties,  actions,
judgments,  suits,  costs,  expenses  or  disbursements  of any kind and  nature
whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Managing
Agent in any way  relating to or arising out of the Loan  Documents or any other
document  delivered in  connection  therewith or the  transactions  contemplated
thereby  (including,  without  limitation,  for any such amounts  incurred by or
asserted  against the Managing Agent in connection  with any dispute between the
Managing  Agent and any Lender or between  two or more of the  Lenders),  or the
enforcement  of any of the  terms of the  Loan  Documents  or of any such  other
documents,  provided that (i) no Lender shall be liable for any of the foregoing
to the extent any of the foregoing is found in a final  non-appealable  judgment
by a court of competent  jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence
or  willful  misconduct  of the  Managing  Agent  and (ii)  any  indemnification
required pursuant to Section 3.5(vii) shall,  notwithstanding  the provisions of
this  Section  10.8,  be paid by the  relevant  Lender  in  accordance  with the
provisions thereof. The obligations of the Lenders under this Section 10.8 shall
survive payment of the Obligations and termination of this Agreement.

         10.9. NOTICE OF DEFAULT. The Managing Agent shall not be deemed to have
knowledge  or notice of the  occurrence  of any  Default  or  Unmatured  Default
hereunder unless the Managing Agent has received written notice from a Lender or
the Borrower  referring to this Agreement  describing  such Default or Unmatured
Default and stating that such notice is a "notice of default". In the event that
the Managing Agent receives such a notice,  the Managing Agent shall give prompt
notice thereof to the Lenders.

         10.10. RIGHTS AS A LENDER. In the event the Managing Agent is a Lender,
the Managing Agent shall have the same rights and powers hereunder and under any
other Loan Document with respect to its  Commitment  and its Loans as any Lender
and may exercise the same as though it were not the Managing Agent, and the term
"Lender" or "Lenders"  shall,  at any time when the Managing  Agent is a Lender,
unless the  context  otherwise  indicates,  include  the  Managing  Agent in its
individual  capacity.  The Managing Agent and its Affiliates may accept deposits
from, lend money to, and generally engage in any kind of trust,  debt, equity or
other  transaction,  in addition to those  contemplated by this Agreement or any




                                       98
<PAGE>



other Loan Document,  with the Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries in which the
Borrower or such  Subsidiary  is not  restricted  hereby from  engaging with any
other Person.

         10.11.  LENDER CREDIT DECISION.  Each Lender  acknowledges that it has,
independently  and without reliance upon the Managing Agent, the Arranger or any
other Lender and based on the financial  statements prepared by the Borrower and
such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate,  made its own
credit  analysis  and decision to enter into this  Agreement  and the other Loan
Documents. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without
reliance upon the Managing Agent,  the Arranger or any other Lender and based on
such  documents  and  information  as it shall  deem  appropriate  at the  time,
continue to make its own credit  decisions in taking or not taking  action under
this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

         10.12.  SUCCESSOR  MANAGING AGENT. The Managing Agent may resign at any
time by giving  written  notice  thereof to the Lenders and the  Borrower,  such
resignation to be effective upon the  appointment of a successor  Managing Agent
or, if no successor Managing Agent has been appointed, forty-five days after the
retiring  Managing  Agent gives notice of its intention to resign.  The Managing
Agent  may be  removed  at any time  with or  without  cause by  written  notice
received by the  Managing  Agent from the Required  Lenders,  such removal to be
effective  on the  date  specified  by  the  Required  Lenders.  Upon  any  such
resignation or removal, the Required Lenders shall have the right to appoint, on
behalf of the  Borrower  and the  Lenders,  a successor  Managing  Agent.  If no
successor  Managing  Agent shall have been so appointed by the Required  Lenders
within thirty days after the  resigning  Managing  Agent's  giving notice of its
intention to resign, then the resigning Managing Agent may appoint, on behalf of
the Borrower and the Lenders,  a successor Managing Agent.  Notwithstanding  the
previous sentence, the Managing Agent may at any time without the consent of the
Borrower or any Lender, appoint any of its Affiliates which is a commercial bank
as a successor  Managing Agent hereunder.  If the Managing Agent has resigned or
been removed and no successor Managing Agent has been appointed, the Lenders may
perform all the duties of the Managing  Agent  hereunder and the Borrower  shall
make all payments in respect of the Obligations to the applicable Lender and for
all other purposes shall deal directly with the Lenders.  No successor  Managing
Agent shall be deemed to be appointed  hereunder  until such successor  Managing
Agent has accepted the appointment. Any such successor Managing Agent shall be a
commercial bank having capital and retained  earnings of at least  $100,000,000.
Upon  the  acceptance  of any  appointment  as  Managing  Agent  hereunder  by a
successor  Managing Agent, such successor Managing Agent shall thereupon succeed
to and become vested with all the rights,  powers,  privileges and duties of the
resigning or removed Managing Agent.  Upon the  effectiveness of the resignation
or removal of the Managing Agent,  the resigning or removed Managing Agent shall
be  discharged  from its duties  and  obligations  hereunder  and under the Loan
Documents.  After the effectiveness of the resignation or removal of an Managing
Agent, the provisions of this Article X shall continue in effect for the benefit
of such Managing Agent in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by
it while it was acting as the Managing Agent  hereunder and under the other Loan
Documents.  In the event  that there is a  successor  to the  Managing  Agent by
merger, or the Managing Agent assigns its duties and obligations to an Affiliate
pursuant to this Section 10.12,  then the term  "Corporate Base Rate" as used in
this Agreement  shall mean the prime rate,  base rate or other analogous rate of
the new Managing Agent.

         10.13. MANAGING AGENT'S FEE. The Borrower agrees to pay to the Managing
Agent,  for its own  account,  such fees as may be agreed to in  writing  by the
Borrower and the Managing Agent from time to time.



                                       99
<PAGE>



         10.14.  DELEGATION  TO  AFFILIATES.  The Borrower and the Lenders agree
that the Managing  Agent may delegate any of its duties under this  Agreement to
any of its  Affiliates.  Any such  Affiliate  (and such  Affiliate's  directors,
officers,  agents and employees)  which performs  duties in connection with this
Agreement shall be entitled to the same benefits of the indemnification,  waiver
and other  protective  provisions to which the Managing  Agent is entitled under
Articles IX and X.

         10.15.  MANAGING AGENT,  CO-AGENTS,  DOCUMENTATION  AGENT,  SYNDICATION
AGENT,  ETC.  Neither any of the Lenders  identified  in this  Agreement  as the
"Managing Agent" or a "Co-Agent" nor the Documentation  Agent or the Syndication
Agent shall have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty
under this Agreement other than those applicable to all Lenders as such. Without
limiting the  foregoing,  none of such Lenders shall have or be deemed to have a
fiduciary  relationship  with any  Lender.  Each  Lender  hereby  makes the same
acknowledgments  with  respect to such  Lenders as it makes with  respect to the
Managing Agent in Section 10.11.


                                   ARTICLE XI

                            SETOFF; RATABLE PAYMENTS
                            ------------------------


         11.1.  SETOFF. In addition to, and without limitation of, any rights of
the Lenders under  applicable law, if the Borrower  becomes  insolvent,  however
evidenced,  or any Default occurs,  any and all deposits  (including all account
balances,  whether  provisional  or  final  and  whether  or  not  collected  or
available) and any other Indebtedness at any time held or owing by any Lender or
any  Affiliate of any Lender to or for the credit or account of the Borrower may
be offset and  applied  toward  the  payment  of the  Obligations  owing to such
Lender, whether or not the Obligations, or any part thereof, shall then be due.

         11.2. RATABLE PAYMENTS. If any Lender,  whether by setoff or otherwise,
has  payment  made to it upon its  Outstanding  Credit  Extensions  (other  than
payments  received  pursuant  to  Section  3.1,  3.2,  3.4 or 3.5) in a  greater
proportion than that received by any other Lender, such Lender agrees,  promptly
upon demand, to purchase a portion of the Aggregate  Outstanding Credit Exposure
held by the other  Lenders so that after such purchase each Lender will hold its
Pro Rata Share of the  Aggregate  Outstanding  Credit  Exposure.  If any Lender,
whether in connection with setoff or amounts which might be subject to setoff or
otherwise,  receives  collateral or other protection for its Obligations or such
amounts  which may be subject to  setoff,  such  Lender  agrees,  promptly  upon
demand,  to take  such  action  necessary  such  that all  Lenders  share in the
benefits of such collateral  ratably in proportion to their  respective Pro Rata
Shares of the Aggregate Outstanding Credit Exposure. In case any such payment is
disturbed by legal process, or otherwise,  appropriate further adjustments shall
be made.


                                   ARTICLE XII

                BENEFIT OF AGREEMENT; ASSIGNMENTS; PARTICIPATIONS
                -------------------------------------------------


         12.1.  SUCCESSORS  AND ASSIGNS.  The terms and  provisions  of the Loan
Documents shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Borrower and the
Lenders  and  their  respective  successors  and  assigns,  except  that (i) the
Borrower shall not have the right to assign its rights or obligations  under the




                                      100
<PAGE>



Loan  Documents and (ii) any assignment by any Lender must be made in compliance
with Section 12.3. The parties to this Agreement acknowledge that clause (ii) of
this Section 12.1  relates  only to absolute  assignments  and does not prohibit
assignments  creating security interests,  including,  without  limitation,  any
pledge or  assignment  by any Lender of all or any  portion of its rights  under
this Agreement and any Note to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided,  however,  that
no such pledge or  assignment  creating a security  interest  shall  release the
transferor  Lender from its obligations  hereunder  unless and until the parties
thereto have complied with the  provisions of Section 12.3.  The Managing  Agent
may treat the Person  which  made any Loan or which  holds any Note as the owner
thereof  for all  purposes  hereof  unless and until such Person  complies  with
Section 12.3; provided,  however,  that the Managing Agent may in its discretion
(but shall not be required  to) follow  instructions  from the Person which made
any Loan or which  holds any Note to direct  payments  relating  to such Loan or
Note to  another  Person.  Any  assignee  of the  rights to any Loan or any Note
agrees  by  acceptance  of such  assignment  to be  bound by all the  terms  and
provisions  of the Loan  Documents.  Any  request,  authority  or consent of any
Person,  who at the time of making  such  request or giving  such  authority  or
consent is the owner of the rights to any Loan  (whether  or not a Note has been
issued in evidence  thereof),  shall be conclusive and binding on any subsequent
holder or assignee of the rights to such Loan.

         12.2.    PARTICIPATIONS.

                  12.2.1. PERMITTED PARTICIPANTS; EFFECT. Any Lender may, in the
         ordinary  course of its business and in accordance with applicable law,
         at  any  time   sell  to  one  or  more   banks   or   other   entities
         ("Participants")  participating  interests  in any  Outstanding  Credit
         Exposure of such Lender,  any Note held by such Lender,  any Commitment
         of such  Lender or any other  interest  of such  Lender  under the Loan
         Documents.  In the event of any such sale by a Lender of  participating
         interests to a Participant,  such Lender's  obligations  under the Loan
         Documents  shall remain  unchanged,  such Lender  shall  remain  solely
         responsible  to the other parties  hereto for the  performance  of such
         obligations,  such  Lender  shall  remain the owner of its  Outstanding
         Credit  Exposure  and the holder of any Note  issued to it in  evidence
         thereof for all purposes under the Loan Documents,  all amounts payable
         by the Borrower  under this  Agreement  shall be  determined as if such
         Lender had not sold such participating  interests, and the Borrower and
         the Managing Agent shall continue to deal solely and directly with such
         Lender in connection with such Lender's  rights and  obligations  under
         the Loan Documents.

                  12.2.2. VOTING RIGHTS. Each Lender shall retain the sole right
         to  approve,  without the consent of any  Participant,  any  amendment,
         modification  or waiver of any  provision of the Loan  Documents  other
         than any amendment,  modification  or waiver with respect to any Credit
         Extension or Commitment in which such Participant has an interest which
         forgives principal,  interest, fees or any Reimbursement  Obligation or
         reduces the  interest  rate or fees  payable  with  respect to any such
         Credit Extension or Commitment,  extends the Facility Termination Date,
         postpones  any  date  fixed  for  any  regularly-scheduled  payment  of
         principal of or interest on, any Loan in which such  Participant has an
         interest, or any regularly-scheduled payment of fees on any such Credit
         Extension  or  Commitment,  releases  any  guarantor of any such Credit
         Extension or releases any collateral held in the Facility LC Collateral
         Account  (except  in  accordance  with  the  terms  hereof)  or  all or
         substantially  all of the collateral,  if any, securing any such Credit
         Extension.

                    12.2.3.  BENEFIT OF SETOFF.  The  Borrower  agrees that each
          Participant  shall be deemed to have the right of setoff  provided  in
          Section 11.1 in respect of its participating interest in amounts owing
          under the Loan  Documents  to the same  extent as if the amount of its




                                      101
<PAGE>



          participating interest were owing directly to it as a Lender under the
          Loan  Documents,  provided  that each Lender shall retain the right of
          setoff  provided  in  Section  11.1  with  respect  to the  amount  of
          participating interests sold to each Participant. The Lenders agree to
          share with each Participant,  and each Participant,  by exercising the
          right of setoff  provided in Section  11.1,  agrees to share with each
          Lender,  any amount received  pursuant to the exercise of its right of
          setoff,  such amounts to be shared in accordance  with Section 11.2 as
          if each Participant were a Lender.

         12.3.    ASSIGNMENTS.

                  12.3.1. PERMITTED ASSIGNMENTS. Any Lender may, in the ordinary
         course of its business and in accordance  with  applicable  law, at any
         time assign to one or more banks or other entities  ("Purchasers")  all
         or any part of its rights  and  obligations  under the Loan  Documents.
         Such assignment  shall be  substantially in the form of Exhibit C or in
         such other form as may be agreed to by the parties thereto. The consent
         of the Borrower, the Managing Agent and the LC Issuer shall be required
         prior to an assignment  becoming  effective with respect to a Purchaser
         which is not a Lender or an Affiliate thereof; provided,  however, that
         if a  Default  has  occurred  and is  continuing,  the  consent  of the
         Borrower shall not be required.  Such consent shall not be unreasonably
         withheld or delayed.  Each such  assignment with respect to a Purchaser
         which is not a Lender or an Affiliate thereof shall (unless each of the
         Borrower and the Managing Agent otherwise consents) be in an amount not
         less than the lesser of (i)  $5,000,000.00 or (ii) the remaining amount
         of the assigning Lender's Commitment (calculated as at the date of such
         assignment) or outstanding Loans (if the applicable Commitment has been
         terminated).

                  12.3.2.  EFFECT,  EFFECTIVE  DATE.  Upon (i)  delivery  to the
         Managing Agent of an assignment, together with any consents required by
         Section 12.3.1,  and (ii) payment of a $4,000 fee to the Managing Agent
         for  processing  such  assignment  (unless  such fee is  waived  by the
         Managing  Agent),   such  assignment  shall  become  effective  on  the
         effective  date  specified in such  assignment.  The  assignment  shall
         contain a  representation  by the  Purchaser to the effect that none of
         the  consideration  used to make the  purchase  of the  Commitment  and
         Outstanding Credit Exposure under the applicable  assignment  agreement
         constitutes  "plan  assets" as defined  under ERISA and that the rights
         and interests of the Purchaser in and under the Loan Documents will not
         be "plan assets" under ERISA.  On and after the effective  date of such
         assignment,  such Purchaser shall for all purposes be a Lender party to
         this Agreement and any other Loan Document  executed by or on behalf of
         the Lenders and shall have all the rights and  obligations  of a Lender
         under the Loan Documents,  to the same extent as if it were an original
         party hereto,  and no further  consent or action by the  Borrower,  the
         Lenders  or the  Managing  Agent  shall  be  required  to  release  the
         transferor  Lender  with  respect to the  percentage  of the  Aggregate
         Commitment and Outstanding  Credit Exposure assigned to such Purchaser.
         Upon the consummation of any assignment to a Purchaser pursuant to this
         Section  12.3.2,  the  transferor  Lender,  the Managing  Agent and the
         Borrower shall, if the transferor  Lender or the Purchaser desires that
         its Loans be evidenced by Notes, make appropriate  arrangements so that
         new Notes  or, as  appropriate,  replacement  Notes are  issued to such
         transferor Lender and new Notes or, as appropriate,  replacement Notes,
         are  issued  to such  Purchaser,  in each  case  in  principal  amounts
         reflecting their respective  Commitments,  as adjusted pursuant to such
         assignment.



                                      102
<PAGE>



         12.4. DISSEMINATION OF INFORMATION. The Borrower authorizes each Lender
to disclose to any  Participant  or Purchaser  or any other Person  acquiring an
interest in the Loan Documents by operation of law (each a "Transferee") and any
prospective  Transferee  any and all  information  in such  Lender's  possession
concerning the creditworthiness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries,  including
without limitation any information contained in any Reports;  provided that each
Transferee and prospective Transferee agrees to be bound by Section 9.11 of this
Agreement.

         12.5.  TAX  TREATMENT.   If  any  interest  in  any  Loan  Document  is
transferred  to  any  Transferee  which  is  organized  under  the  laws  of any
jurisdiction  other than the United States or any State thereof,  the transferor
Lender shall cause such Transferee,  concurrently with the effectiveness of such
transfer, to comply with the provisions of Section 3.5(iv).


                                  ARTICLE XIII

                                     NOTICES
                                     -------


         13.1.  NOTICES.  Except as  otherwise  permitted  by Section  2.14 with
respect to borrowing notices, all notices,  requests and other communications to
any party  hereunder  shall be in writing  (including  electronic  transmission,
facsimile transmission or similar writing) and shall be given to such party: (x)
in the case of the Borrower or the Managing Agent or either of the Co-Agents, at
its address or facsimile number set forth on the signature pages hereof,  (y) in
the case of any  Lender,  at its  address or  facsimile  number set forth in its
administrative  questionnaire  or (z) in the case of any  party,  at such  other
address or facsimile number as such party may hereafter  specify for the purpose
by  notice  to the  Managing  Agent  and the  Borrower  in  accordance  with the
provisions   of  this  Section  13.1.   Each  such  notice,   request  or  other
communication  shall be effective (i) if given by facsimile  transmission,  when
transmitted to the facsimile  number  specified in this Section and confirmation
of receipt is received, (ii) if given by mail, 72 hours after such communication
is  deposited  in the mails with  first  class  postage  prepaid,  addressed  as
aforesaid, or (iii) if given by any other means, when delivered (or, in the case
of electronic transmission,  received) at the address specified in this Section;
provided  that  notices  to the  Managing  Agent  under  Article II shall not be
effective until received.

         13.2. CHANGE OF ADDRESS.  The Borrower,  the Managing Agent,  either of
the  Co-Agents  and any Lender may each change the address for service of notice
upon it by a notice in writing to the other parties hereto.


                                   ARTICLE XIV

                                  COUNTERPARTS
                                  ------------


         This  Agreement may be executed in any number of  counterparts,  all of
which taken  together shall  constitute  one  agreement,  and any of the parties
hereto  may  execute  this  Agreement  by  signing  any such  counterpart.  This
Agreement  shall be effective  when it has been  executed by the  Borrower,  the
Managing  Agent,  the LC Issuer and the Lenders and each party has  notified the
Managing  Agent by facsimile  transmission  or telephone  that it has taken such
action.



                                      103
<PAGE>




                                   ARTICLE XV

          CHOICE OF LAW; CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL
          ------------------------------------------------------------


         15.1.  CHOICE OF LAW. THE LOAN DOCUMENTS (OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINING A
CONTRARY  EXPRESS CHOICE OF LAW PROVISION) SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
THE INTERNAL  LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK,  BUT GIVING  EFFECT TO FEDERAL LAWS
APPLICABLE TO NATIONAL BANKS.

         15.2. CONSENT TO JURISDICTION.  THE BORROWER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS
TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR NEW YORK STATE
COURT SITTING IN NEW YORK,  NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING  ARISING OUT OF
OR RELATING TO ANY LOAN  DOCUMENTS AND THE BORROWER  HEREBY  IRREVOCABLY  AGREES
THAT ALL  CLAIMS  IN  RESPECT  OF SUCH  ACTION  OR  PROCEEDING  MAY BE HEARD AND
DETERMINED IN ANY SUCH COURT AND IRREVOCABLY  WAIVES ANY OBJECTION IT MAY NOW OR
HEREAFTER HAVE AS TO THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN
SUCH A COURT OR THAT SUCH COURT IS AN INCONVENIENT  FORUM.  NOTHING HEREIN SHALL
LIMIT  THE RIGHT OF THE  MANAGING  AGENT,  THE LC ISSUER OR ANY  LENDER TO BRING
PROCEEDINGS  AGAINST THE BORROWER IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER  JURISDICTION.  ANY
JUDICIAL PROCEEDING BY THE BORROWER AGAINST THE MANAGING AGENT, THE LC ISSUER OR
ANY LENDER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE MANAGING  AGENT,  THE LC ISSUER OR ANY LENDER
INVOLVING, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, ANY MATTER IN ANY WAY ARISING OUT OF, RELATED
TO, OR CONNECTED  WITH ANY LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL BE BROUGHT ONLY IN A COURT IN NEW
YORK, NEW YORK.

         15.3. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. THE BORROWER,  THE AGENT, THE LC ISSUER AND
EACH LENDER  HEREBY  WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY JUDICIAL  PROCEEDING  INVOLVING,
DIRECTLY  OR  INDIRECTLY,  ANY MATTER  (WHETHER  SOUNDING  IN TORT,  CONTRACT OR
OTHERWISE)  IN ANY WAY ARISING OUT OF,  RELATED TO, OR  CONNECTED  WITH ANY LOAN
DOCUMENT OR THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED THEREUNDER.






                                      104
<PAGE>





         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Borrower,  the Lenders,  the LC Issuer and the
Managing  Agent and the Co-Agents  have  executed this  Agreement as of the date
first above written.


FRANKLIN COVEY CO.


                                 By:
                                       /S/          JOHN L. THELER
                                       --------------------------------------
                                       John L. Theler, Chief Financial Officer
                                 :
                                 Address:  2200 West Parkway Boulevard
                                           Salt Lake City, Utah 84119-2099
                                           Attention: John L. Theler,
                             Chief Financial Officer
                                 Telephone:        (801) 817-7052
                                 FAX:              (801) 817-8723


                                  BANK ONE, NA,
                                  and as Managing Agent, a Co-Agent and
                                  and a Lender


                                  By:  /S/          MARK A. ISLEY
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                        Mark A. Isley, First Vice President

                                  Address:  777 South Figueroa Street, 4th Floor
                                            Los Angeles, California 90017-5800
                                              Attention:  James P. Moore,
                              Senior Vice President
                                  Telephone:        (213) 683-4966
                                  FAX:              (213) 683-4949

                                  ZIONS FIRST NATIONAL BANK,
                                  as LC Issuer, a Co-Agent and a Lender


                                  By:  /S/         DAVID MATHIS
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                        David Mathis, Vice President

                                  Address:  10 East South Temple, 2nd floor
                                                Salt Lake City, Utah 84133
                                                Attention:  David Mathis,
                                 Vice President
                                  Telephone:        (801) 524-4822
                                  FAX:              (801) 524-2136






                                      105
<PAGE>






                                    EXHIBIT A
                                 FORM OF OPINION


                                                                 ,
                                                      ----------  ---------


The Managing Agent, the Co-agents, the LC Issuer and the Lenders who are parties
to the Credit Agreement described below.


Gentlemen/Ladies:


         We  are  counsel  for  FRANKLIN  COVEY  CO,  a  Utah  corporation  (the
"Borrower"),  and have represented the Borrower in connection with its execution
and delivery of a Credit Agreement dated as of October 8, 1999 (the "Agreement")
among the Borrower, the Lenders and Co-Agents named therein and Bank One, NA, as
Managing Agent for the Lenders, and Zions First National Bank, as LC Issuer, and
providing for Credit  Extensions in an aggregate  principal amount not exceeding
$100,000,000.00 at any one time outstanding.  All capitalized terms used in this
opinion and not otherwise  defined herein shall have the meanings  attributed to
them in the Agreement.

         We have examined the  Borrower's  [describe  constitutive  documents of
Borrower and appropriate  evidence of authority to enter into the  transaction],
the  Loan  Documents  and  such  other  matters  of fact  and law  which we deem
necessary in order to render this opinion.  Based upon the foregoing,  it is our
opinion that:

         l. Each of the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries is a corporation duly and
properly incorporated or organized, as the case may be, validly existing and (to
the extent such concept  applies to such entity) in good standing under the laws
of its  jurisdiction  of  incorporation  or  organization  and has all requisite
authority to conduct its business in each  jurisdiction in which its business is
conducted.

         2. The execution and delivery by the Borrower of the Loan Documents and
the  performance by the Borrower of its  obligations  thereunder  have been duly
authorized by proper corporate  proceedings on the part of the Borrower and will
not:

                  (a)  require  any consent of the  Borrower's  shareholders  or
         members  (other  than any such  consent as has  already  been given and
         remains in full force and effect);

                  (b)  violate  (i) any  law,  rule,  regulation,  order,  writ,
         judgment, injunction, decree or award binding on the Borrower or any of
         its Subsidiaries or (ii) the Borrower's or any Subsidiary's articles or
         certificate of  incorporation,  partnership  agreement,  certificate of
         partnership,  articles or  certificate  of  organization,  by-laws,  or
         operating or other management  agreement,  as the case may be, or (iii)
         the provisions of any  indenture,  instrument or agreement to which the
         Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries  is a party or is  subject,  or by
         which it, or its Property,  is bound,  or conflict with or constitute a
         default thereunder; or



                                      106
<PAGE>



                  (c) result in, or require,  the creation or  imposition of any
         Lien in, of or on the Property of the Borrower or a Subsidiary pursuant
         to the terms of any indenture, instrument or agreement binding upon the
         Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

         3. The Loan  Documents  have been duly  executed  and  delivered by the
Borrower and  constitute  legal,  valid and binding  obligations of the Borrower
enforceable  against the Borrower in  accordance  with their terms except to the
extent the  enforcement  thereof  may be limited by  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or
similar laws  affecting  the  enforcement  of  creditors'  rights  generally and
subject also to the availability of equitable remedies if equitable remedies are
sought.

         4. There is no  litigation,  arbitration,  governmental  investigation,
proceeding  or  inquiry  pending  or,  to the best of our  knowledge  after  due
inquiry,  threatened  against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries  which, if
adversely  determined,  could  reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect.

         5. No order, consent, adjudication,  approval, license,  authorization,
or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by, or
other action in respect of any governmental or public body or authority,  or any
subdivision  thereof,  which has not been obtained by the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries,  is  required  to be  obtained  by  the  Borrower  or  any  of its
Subsidiaries  in  connection  with  the  execution  and  delivery  of  the  Loan
Documents,  the borrowings  under the Agreement,  the payment and performance by
the Borrower of the Obligations,  or the legality,  validity,  binding effect or
enforceability of any of the Loan Documents.

         This opinion may be relied upon by the Managing  Agent,  the Co-Agents,
the  LC  Issuer,  the  Lenders  and  their  participants,  assignees  and  other
transferees.

                                                     Very truly yours,






                                      107
<PAGE>






                                    EXHIBIT B

                             COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE



To:      The Lenders parties to the
         Credit Agreement Described Below

         This  Compliance  Certificate  is  furnished  pursuant to that  certain
Credit Agreement dated as of October 8, 1999 (as amended,  modified,  renewed or
extended  from time to time,  the  "Agreement")  among  FRANKLIN  COVEY CO. (the
"Borrower"),  the Lenders party thereto,  the Co-Agents,  the LC Issuer and Bank
One, NA, as Managing Agent for the Lenders.  Unless  otherwise  defined  herein,
capitalized terms used in this Compliance Certificate have the meanings ascribed
thereto in the Agreement.

         THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT:

         1.  I am the duly elected                        of the Borrower;
                                  ------------------------
         2. I have  reviewed the terms of the Agreement and I have made, or have
caused to be made under my supervision,  a detailed  review of the  transactions
and conditions of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during the accounting period
covered by the attached financial statements;

         3. The  examinations  described in Paragraph 2 did not disclose,  and I
have no knowledge of, the existence of any condition or event which  constitutes
a Default or Unmatured  Default  during or at the end of the  accounting  period
covered  by  the  attached  financial  statements  or as of  the  date  of  this
Certificate, except as set forth below; and

         4.  Schedule  I  attached   hereto  sets  forth   financial   data  and
computations  evidencing the Borrower's compliance with certain covenants of the
Agreement, all of which data and computations are true, complete and correct.

         Described below are the exceptions,  if any, to Paragraph 3 by listing,
in detail,  the nature of the condition or event, the period during which it has
existed and the action which the Borrower has taken,  is taking,  or proposes to
take with respect to each such condition or event:

         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

         The foregoing certifications,  together with the computations set forth
in  Schedule  I  hereto  and  the  financial   statements  delivered  with  this
Certificate in support hereof, are made and delivered this day of        ,     .
                                                                  ------- -----



                                      -----------------------------------





                                      108
<PAGE>






                      SCHEDULE I TO COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

                      Compliance as of _________, ____ with
                              Provisions of 6.24 of
                                  the Agreement






                                      109
<PAGE>






                                    EXHIBIT C

                              ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

         This Assignment Agreement (this "Assignment Agreement") between
                     (the "Assignor")and                   (the "Assignee")
- ---------------------                   -------------------
is dated as of              , 19     .  The parties hereto agre as follows:
              --------------    -----

         1. PRELIMINARY STATEMENT. The Assignor is a party to a Credit Agreement
(which, as it may be amended, modified, renewed or extended from time to time is
herein called the "Credit Agreement") described in Item 1 of Schedule 1 attached
hereto  ("Schedule 1").  Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined
herein shall have the meanings attributed to them in the Credit Agreement.

         2. ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION.  The Assignor hereby sells and assigns to
the Assignee,  and the Assignee hereby  purchases and assumes from the Assignor,
an interest in and to the  Assignor's  rights and  obligations  under the Credit
Agreement  and the other Loan  Documents,  such that after giving effect to such
assignment  the  Assignee  shall  have  purchased  pursuant  to this  Assignment
Agreement  the  percentage  interest  specified  in Item 3 of  Schedule 1 of all
outstanding rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan
Documents  relating  to the  facilities  listed  in Item 3 of  Schedule  1.  The
aggregate  Commitment  (or  Outstanding  Credit  Exposure,   if  the  applicable
Commitment has been terminated) purchased by the Assignee hereunder is set forth
in Item 4 of Schedule 1.

         3. EFFECTIVE DATE. The effective date of this Assignment Agreement (the
"Effective Date") shall be the later of the date specified in Item 5 of Schedule
1 or two Business Days (or such shorter period agreed to by the Managing  Agent)
after this Assignment  Agreement,  together with any consents required under the
Credit  Agreement,  are  delivered to the Managing  Agent.  In no event will the
Effective Date occur if the payments  required to be made by the Assignee to the
Assignor on the Effective Date are not made on the proposed Effective Date.

         4. PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS. In consideration for the sale and assignment of
Outstanding Credit Exposure hereunder,  the Assignee shall pay the Assignor,  on
the Effective  Date,  the amount agreed to by the Assignor and the Assignee.  On
and after the Effective Date, the Assignee shall be entitled to receive from the
Managing Agent all payments of principal,  interest,  Reimbursement  Obligations
and fees with  respect  to the  interest  assigned  hereby.  The  Assignee  will
promptly  remit to the Assignor any interest on Loans and fees received from the
Managing  Agent which  relate to the portion of the  Commitment  or  Outstanding
Credit  Exposure  assigned to the Assignee  hereunder  for periods  prior to the
Effective Date and not previously  paid by the Assignee to the Assignor.  In the
event that either  party  hereto  receives  any payment to which the other party
hereto is entitled under this  Assignment  Agreement,  then the party  receiving
such amount shall promptly remit it to the other party hereto.

         5.  RECORDATION  FEE.  The  Assignor  and  Assignee  each  agree to pay
one-half of the  recordation  fee required to be paid to the  Managing  Agent in
connection with this Assignment  Agreement unless otherwise  specified in Item 6
of Schedule 1.

         6.  REPRESENTATIONS  OF THE  ASSIGNOR;  LIMITATIONS  ON THE  ASSIGNOR'S
LIABILITY.  The Assignor  represents  and warrants  that (i) it is the legal and
beneficial  owner of the  interest  being  assigned by it  hereunder,  (ii) such




                                      110
<PAGE>



interest  is free and clear of any adverse  claim  created by the  Assignor  and
(iii) the execution and delivery of this Assignment Agreement by the Assignor is
duly authorized.  It is understood and agreed that the assignment and assumption
hereunder are made without  recourse to the Assignor and that the Assignor makes
no other  representation  or warranty of any kind to the  Assignee.  Neither the
Assignor  nor any of its  officers,  directors,  employees,  agents or attorneys
shall  be   responsible   for  (i)  the  due  execution,   legality,   validity,
enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or collectability of any Loan Document,
including  without  limitation,  documents  granting  the Assignor and the other
Lenders a security interest in assets of the Borrower or any guarantor, (ii) any
representation,  warranty or statement made in or in connection  with any of the
Loan  Documents,  (iii)  the  financial  condition  or  creditworthiness  of the
Borrower or any guarantor, (iv) the performance of or compliance with any of the
terms or  provisions of any of the Loan  Documents,  (v)  inspecting  any of the
property,  books or records of the Borrower, (vi) the validity,  enforceability,
perfection, priority, condition, value or sufficiency of any collateral securing
or  purporting to secure the Loans or (vii) any mistake,  error of judgment,  or
action  taken or  omitted to be taken in  connection  with the Loans or the Loan
Documents.

         7.  REPRESENTATIONS AND UNDERTAKINGS OF THE ASSIGNEE.  The Assignee (i)
confirms  that it has  received a copy of the Credit  Agreement,  together  with
copies of the  financial  statements  requested  by the  Assignee and such other
documents and  information  as it has deemed  appropriate to make its own credit
analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment Agreement,  (ii) agrees that
it will,  independently  and  without  reliance  upon the  Managing  Agent,  the
Assignor or any other Lender and based on such  documents and  information at it
shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in
taking  or not  taking  action  under the Loan  Documents,  (iii)  appoints  and
authorizes  the Managing Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to
exercise  such powers under the Loan  Documents as are delegated to the Managing
Agent  by the  terms  thereof,  together  with  such  powers  as are  reasonably
incidental  thereto,  (iv)  confirms  that the  execution  and  delivery of this
Assignment Agreement by the Assignee is duly authorized, (v) agrees that it will
perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms
of the Loan  Documents  are  required to be  performed  by it as a Lender,  (vi)
agrees that its payment instructions and notice instructions are as set forth in
the  attachment to Schedule 1, (vii)  confirms  that none of the funds,  monies,
assets or other  consideration  being used to make the purchase  and  assumption
hereunder are "plan assets" as defined under ERISA and that its rights, benefits
and  interests in and under the Loan  Documents  will not be "plan assets" under
ERISA,  (viii)  agrees to indemnify and hold the Assignor  harmless  against all
losses, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys'
fees) and liabilities  incurred by the Assignor in connection with or arising in
any manner from the Assignee's  non-performance of the obligations assumed under
this Assignment Agreement, and (ix) if applicable, attaches the forms prescribed
by the  Internal  Revenue  Service  of the  United  States  certifying  that the
Assignee  is  entitled  to receive  payments  under the Loan  Documents  without
deduction or withholding of any United States federal income taxes.

         8. GOVERNING LAW. This  Assignment  Agreement  shall be governed by the
internal law, and not the law of conflicts, of the State of New York.

         9. NOTICES.  Notices shall be given under this Assignment  Agreement in
the  manner set forth in the  Credit  Agreement.  For the  purpose  hereof,  the
addresses of the parties hereto (until notice of a change is delivered) shall be
the address set forth in the attachment to Schedule 1.

         10. COUNTERPARTS;  DELIVERY BY FACSIMILE. This Assignment Agreement may
be  executed  in   counterparts.   Transmission  by  facsimile  of  an  executed
counterpart of this  Assignment  Agreement shall be deemed to constitute due and




                                      111
<PAGE>



sufficient delivery of such counterpart and such facsimile shall be deemed to be
an original counterpart of this Assignment Agreement.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the duly authorized officers of the parties hereto
have executed this Assignment Agreement by executing Schedule 1 hereto as of the
date first above written.






                                      112
<PAGE>






                                   SCHEDULE 1
                             to Assignment Agreement

1.       Description and Date of Credit Agreement:  Credit Agreement dated as of
         October 8, 1999 by and among FRANKLIN COVEY CO., a Utah corporation, as
         Borrower,  the Lenders and Co-Agents  named therein,  the LC Issuer and
         BANK ONE, NA, as Managing Agent for the Lenders.

2.       Date of Assignment Agreement:               ,      .
                                      --------------- ------

3.       Amount (As of Date of Item 2 above):

                                                    Revolving Credit Facility

         a.       Assignee's percentage
                  of Facility purchased
                  under the Assignment
                  Agreement**                                        %
                                                               ------
         b.       Amount of
                  Facility
                  purchased
                  under the Assignment
                  Agreement***                               $
                                                               ------
4.       Assignee's  Commitment (or Outstanding
         Credit Exposure with respect to terminated
         Commitments) purchased hereunder:                   $
                                                               ------
5.       Proposed Effective Date:
                                                       --------------
6.       Non-standard Recordation Fee
         Arrangement                                       N/A***
                                                  [Assignor/Assignee
                                                  to pay 100% of fee]
                                                  [Fee waived by Managing Agent]
Accepted and Agreed:

[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]                   [NAME OF ASSIGNEE]

By:                                   By:
   -------------------------------       -------------------------------
Title:                                Title:
      ----------------------------          ----------------------------





                                       113
<PAGE>




ACCEPTED AND CONSENTED TO BY          ACCEPTED AND CONSENTED TO BY
FRANKLIN COVEY CO. (if required)      BANK ONE, NA, as Managing Agent


By:                                   By:
   -------------------------------       -------------------------------
Title:                                Title:
      ----------------------------          ----------------------------

*        Insert specific facility names per Credit Agreement
**       Percentage taken to 10 decimal places
***      If fee is split 50-50, pick N/A as option








                                      114
<PAGE>







                Attachment to SCHEDULE 1 to ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

                        ADMINISTRATIVE INFORMATION SHEET
                        --------------------------------

                  Attach Assignor's Administrative Information
                   Sheet, which must include notice addresses
                       for the Assignor and the Assignee
                            (Sample form shown below)

                              ASSIGNOR INFORMATION
                              --------------------
CONTACT:

Name:                                 Telephone No.:
      -----------------------------                  ---------------------------
Fax No.:                              Telex No.:
      -----------------------------               ------------------------------
                                      Answerback:
                                                  ------------------------------
PAYMENT INFORMATION:

Name & ABA # of Destination Bank:
                                      ------------------------------------------

                                      ------------------------------------------
Account Name & Number for Wire Transfer:
                                        ----------------------------------------

                                        ----------------------------------------
Other Instructions:
                    ------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ADDRESS FOR NOTICES FOR ASSIGNOR:
                                      ------------------------------------------

                                      ------------------------------------------

                                      ------------------------------------------


                              ASSIGNEE INFORMATION
                              --------------------
CREDIT CONTACT:

Name:                                 Telephone No.:
      -----------------------------                  ---------------------------
Fax No.:                              Telex No.:
      -----------------------------               ------------------------------
                                      Answerback:
                                                  ------------------------------
KEY OPERATIONS CONTACT:

Booking Installation:                 Booking Installation:
                     --------------                         --------------------
Name:                                 Name:
     ------------------------------         ------------------------------------
Telephone No.:                        Telephone No.:
              ---------------------                 ----------------------------
Fax No.:                              Fax No.:
         --------------------------            ---------------------------------
Telex No.:                            Telex No.:
          -------------------------             --------------------------------
Answerback:                           Answerback:
           ------------------------              -------------------------------



                                      115
<PAGE>



PAYMENT INFORMATION:

Name & ABA # of Destination Bank:
                                      ------------------------------------------

                                      ------------------------------------------

Account Name & Number for Wire Transfer:
                                      ------------------------------------------

                                      ------------------------------------------
Other Instructions:
                    ------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ADDRESS FOR NOTICES FOR ASSIGNEE:
                                      ------------------------------------------

                                      ------------------------------------------

                                      ------------------------------------------




                                      116
<PAGE>






          BANK ONE INFORMATION
          --------------------

          Assignee will be called promptly upon receipt of the signed agreement.

INITIAL FUNDING CONTACT:              SUBSEQUENT OPERATIONS CONTACT:

Name:                                 Name:
     -------------------------------       -------------------------------------
Telephone No.:  (312)                 Telephone No.:  (312)
               ---------------------                 ---------------------------
Fax No.:  (312)                                Fax No.: (312)
         ---------------------------                    ------------------------
                                Bank One Telex No.: 190201 (Answerback: FNBC UT)

INITIAL FUNDING STANDARDS:

Libor - Fund 2 days after rates are set.

BANK ONE WIRE INSTRUCTIONS:  Bank One, NA, ABA # 071000013
                             LS2 Incoming Account # 481152860000
                             Ref:
                                 --------------------------

ADDRESS FOR NOTICES FOR BANK ONE:     1 Bank One Plaza, Chicago, IL  60670
                                      Attn: Agency Compliance Division,
                                      Suite IL1-0353
                                      Fax No. (312) 732-2038 or (312) 732-4339









                                      117
<PAGE>






                                    EXHIBIT D
                 LOAN/CREDIT RELATED MONEY TRANSFER INSTRUCTION

To Bank One, NA,
 as Managing Agent (the "Managing Agent") under the Credit Agreement
 Described Below.

Re:       Credit Agreement, dated               ,         (as the same may be
                                 --------------- --------
          amended or modified, the "Credit  Agreement"),  among  FRANKLIN  COVEY
          CO. (the "Borrower"), the Lenders  and  the  Co-Agents named  therein,
          the LC Issuer and the Managing  Agent. Capitalized  terms used  herein
          and not otherwise  defined herein  shall have  the  meanings  assigned
          thereto in the Credit Agreement.

         The Managing Agent is specifically  authorized and directed to act upon
the following standing money transfer  instructions with respect to the proceeds
of Advances or other extensions of credit from time to time until receipt by the
Managing  Agent of a specific  written  revocation of such  instructions  by the
Borrower,  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that the Managing  Agent may otherwise  transfer
funds as  hereafter  directed  in writing by the  Borrower  in  accordance  with
Section 13.1 of the Credit  Agreement or based on any telephonic  notice made in
accordance with Section 2.14 of the Credit Agreement.

Facility Identification Number(s)
                                 -----------------------------------------------
Customer/Account Name
                      ----------------------------------------------------------
Transfer Funds To
                  --------------------------------------------------------------

                  --------------------------------------------------------------
For Account No.
               -----------------------------------------------------------------

Reference/Attention To
                       ---------------------------------------------------------

Authorized Officer (Customer Representative) Date
                                                  ------------------------------

- -----------------------------------   ------------------------------------------
(Please Print)                        Signature

Bank Officer Name                            Date
                                                 -------------------------------

- -----------------------------------   ------------------------------------------
(Please Print)                        Signature


    (Deliver Completed Form to Credit Support Staff For Immediate Processing)






                                      118
<PAGE>






                                    EXHIBIT E
                                      NOTE


                                                         [Date]


         FRANKLIN COVEY CO., a Utah  corporation (the  "Borrower"),  promises to
pay to the  order of  ____________________________________  (the  "Lender")  the
aggregate  unpaid  principal  amount  of all  Loans  made by the  Lender  to the
Borrower  pursuant to Article II of the Agreement (as hereinafter  defined),  in
immediately  available  funds at the main  office  of Bank One,  NA in  Chicago,
Illinois,  as Managing  Agent,  together with  interest on the unpaid  principal
amount  hereof at the rates  and on the  dates set forth in the  Agreement.  The
Borrower shall pay the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans
in full on the Facility Termination Date

         The Lender shall,  and is hereby  authorized to, record on the schedule
attached  hereto,  or to otherwise record in accordance with its usual practice,
the date and  amount  of each  Loan and the date and  amount  of each  principal
payment hereunder.

         This Note is one of the Notes  issued  pursuant  to, and is entitled to
the benefits of, the Credit Agreement dated as of October 8, 1999 (which,  as it
may be amended or modified and in effect from time to time, is herein called the
"Agreement"),  among the  Borrower,  the lenders  party  thereto,  including the
Lender,  the LC Issuer and Bank One, NA, as Managing Agent, and the Co-Agents to
which  Agreement  reference  is  hereby  made for a  statement  of the terms and
conditions  governing this Note,  including the terms and conditions under which
this Note may be prepaid or its maturity date accelerated.


                                      FRANKLIN COVEY, CO., a Utah corporation


                                      By:
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                      Print Name:
                                                 -------------------------------
                                      Title:
                                            ------------------------------------





                                      119
<PAGE>






                   SCHEDULE OF LOANS AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL
                                       TO
                           NOTE OF FRANKLIN COVEY CO.,
                                     DATED               ,
                                          ---------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
        <S>                 <C>                       <C>                         <C>                   <C>
                             Principal                 Maturity                    Principal
                             Amount of                of Interest                   Amount               Unpaid
         Date                  Loan                     Period                       Paid                Balance




</TABLE>






                                      120
<PAGE>






                                   SCHEDULE 1

                       SUBSIDIARIES AND OTHER INVESTMENTS
                           (See Sections 5.8 and 6.14)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

    <S>                     <C>                             <C>                  <C>                    <C>
    Investment              Jurisdiction of                 Owned                 Amount of              Percent
        In                   Organization                    By                  Investment             Ownership


</TABLE>










                                      121
<PAGE>






                                   SCHEDULE 2

        INDEBTEDNESS,  LIENS AND CONTINGENT  OBLIGATIONS  (See Sections
                         5.14, 6.11, 6.15 AND 6.23)

I.       INDEBTEDNESS AND LIENS

  <TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    Maturity
    Indebtedness                Indebtedness                        Property                       and Amount
     Incurred By                   Owed To                     Encumbered (If Any)               of Indebtedness
<S>     <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>

</TABLE>





II.      CONTINGENT OBLIGATIONS







                                      122
<PAGE>





                                   SCHEDULE 3

                           INITIAL COMMITMENT SCHEDULE

I.  From October 8 to but not including April 1, 2001:
<TABLE>

                  <S>                                 <C>
                  LENDER                               COMMITMENT

                  Bank One, NA                         $60,000,000.00

                  Zions First National Bank            $40,000,000.00


II. From and after April 1, 2001:

                  LENDER                               COMMITMENT

                  Bank One, NA                         $35,000,000

                  Zions First National Bank            $30,000,000

</TABLE>





                                      123
<PAGE>











                                CREDIT AGREEMENT

                           DATED AS OF OCTOBER 8, 1999


                                      AMONG



                               FRANKLIN COVEY CO.,
                                 as the Borrower


                                  THE LENDERS,



                                  BANK ONE, NA,
                                as Managing Agent

                                  BANK ONE, NA
                                       and
                            ZIONS FIRST NATIONAL BANK
                                  as Co-Agents

                                       AND

                         BANC ONE CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.
                      AS LEAD ARRANGER AND SOLE BOOK RUNNER










                                      124
<PAGE>


                                                     TABLE OF CONTENTS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


ARTICLE I.   DEFINITIONS.........................................................................................58


ARTICLE II.  THE CREDITS.........................................................................................68
    <S>       <C>                                                                                                <C>
    2.1.     Commitment..........................................................................................68
    2.2.     Required Payments; Termination......................................................................68
    2.3.     Ratable Loans.......................................................................................69
    2.4.     Types of Advances...................................................................................69
    2.5.     Commitment Fee; Reductions in Aggregate Commitment..................................................69
    2.6.     Minimum Amount of Each Advance......................................................................69
    2.7.     Optional Principal Payments.........................................................................69
    2.8.     Method of Selecting Types and Interest Periods for New Advances.....................................69
    2.9.     Conversion and Continuation of Outstanding Advances.................................................70
    2.10.    Changes in Interest Rate, etc.......................................................................70
    2.11.    Rates Applicable After Default......................................................................70
    2.12.    Method of Payment...................................................................................71
    2.13.    Noteless Agreement; Evidence of Indebtedness........................................................71
    2.14.    Telephonic Notices..................................................................................72
    2.15.    Interest Payment Dates; Interest and Fee Basis......................................................72
    2.16.    Notification of Advances, Interest Rates, Prepayments and Commitment Reductions.....................72
    2.17.    Lending Installations...............................................................................72
    2.18.    Non-Receipt of Funds by the Managing Agent..........................................................73
    2.19.    Facility LCs........................................................................................73
             2.19.1.  Issuance...................................................................................73
             2.19.2.  Participations.............................................................................73
             2.19.3.  Notice.....................................................................................73
             2.19.4.  LC Fees....................................................................................74
             2.19.5.  Administration; Reimbursement by Lenders...................................................74
             2.19.6.  Reimbursement by Borrower..................................................................74
             2.19.7.  Obligations Absolute.......................................................................75
             2.19.8.  Actions of LC Issuer.......................................................................75
             2.19.9.  Indemnification............................................................................75
             2.19.10. Lenders' Indemnification...................................................................76
             2.19.11. Facility LC Collateral Account.............................................................76
             2.19.12. Rights as a Lender.........................................................................76


ARTICLE III. YIELD PROTECTION; TAXES.............................................................................77
    3.1.     Yield Protection....................................................................................77
    3.2.     Changes in Capital Adequacy Regulations.............................................................77
    3.3.     Availability of Types of Advances...................................................................78
    3.4.     Funding Indemnification.............................................................................78
    3.5.     Taxes...............................................................................................78
    3.6.     Lender Statements; Survival of Indemnity............................................................80


ARTICLE IV.  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT................................................................................80
    4.1.     Initial Credit Extension............................................................................80
    4.2.     Each Credit Extension...............................................................................81


ARTICLE V.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES......................................................................82
    5.1.     Existence and Standing..............................................................................82
    5.2.     Authorization and Validity..........................................................................82
    5.3.     No Conflict; Government Consent.....................................................................82
    5.4.     Financial Statements................................................................................83
    5.5.     Material Adverse Change.............................................................................83
    5.6.     Taxes...............................................................................................83
    5.7.     Litigation and Contingent Obligations...............................................................83
    5.8.     Subsidiaries........................................................................................83
    5.9.     ERISA...............................................................................................83
    5.10.    Accuracy of Information.............................................................................83
    5.11.    Regulation U........................................................................................84
    5.12.    Material Agreements.................................................................................84
    5.13.    Compliance With Laws................................................................................84
    5.14.    Ownership of Properties.............................................................................84
    5.15.    Plan Assets; Prohibited Transactions................................................................84
    5.16.    Environmental Matters...............................................................................84
    5.17.    Investment Company Act..............................................................................84
    5.18.    Public Utility Holding Company Act..................................................................84
    5.19.    Year 2000...........................................................................................85
    5.20.    Subordinated Indebtedness...........................................................................85
    5.21.    Insurance...........................................................................................85



                                                             125
<PAGE>



ARTICLE VI.  COVENANTS...........................................................................................85
    6.1.     Financial Reporting.................................................................................85
    6.2.     Use of Proceeds.....................................................................................86
    6.3.     Notice of Default...................................................................................87
    6.4.     Conduct of Business.................................................................................87
    6.5.     Taxes...............................................................................................87
    6.6.     Insurance...........................................................................................87
    6.7.     Compliance with Laws................................................................................87
    6.8.     Maintenance of Properties...........................................................................87
    6.9.     Inspection..........................................................................................87
    6.10.    Dividends...........................................................................................87
    6.11.    Indebtedness........................................................................................88
    6.12.    Merger..............................................................................................88
    6.13.    Sale of Assets......................................................................................88
    6.14.    Investments and Acquisitions........................................................................88
    6.15.    Liens...............................................................................................88
    6.16.    Capital Expenditures................................................................................89
    6.17.    Year 2000...........................................................................................89
    6.18.    Affiliates..........................................................................................89
    6.19.    Amendments to Agreements............................................................................89
    6.20.    Subordinated Indebtedness...........................................................................89
    6.21.    Sale of Accounts....................................................................................90
    6.22.    Sale and Leaseback Transactions and other Off-Balance Sheet Liabilities.............................90
    6.23.    Contingent Obligations..............................................................................90
    6.24.    Financial Covenants.................................................................................90
             6.24.1.     Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.............................................................90
             6.24.2.     Leverage Ratio..........................................................................90
             6.24.3.     Minimum Net Worth.......................................................................90


ARTICLE VII. DEFAULTS............................................................................................90


ARTICLE VIII.ACCELERATION, WAIVERS, AMENDMENTS AND REMEDIES......................................................92
    8.1.     Acceleration; Facility LC Collateral Account........................................................92
    8.2.     Amendments..........................................................................................93
    8.3.     Preservation of Rights..............................................................................93


ARTICLE IX.  GENERAL PROVISIONS..................................................................................94
    9.1.     Survival of Representations.........................................................................94
    9.2.     Governmental Regulation.............................................................................94
    9.3.     Headings............................................................................................94
    9.4.     Entire Agreement....................................................................................94
    9.5.     Several Obligations; Benefits of this Agreement.....................................................94
    9.6.     Expenses; Indemnification...........................................................................94
    9.7.     Numbers of Documents................................................................................95
    9.8.     Accounting..........................................................................................95
    9.9.     Severability of Provisions..........................................................................95
    9.10.    Nonliability of Lenders.............................................................................95
    9.11.    Confidentiality.....................................................................................96
    9.12.    Nonreliance.........................................................................................96
    9.13.    Disclosure..........................................................................................96

ARTICLE X.   THE AGENT...........................................................................................96
    10.1.    Appointment; Nature of Relationship.................................................................96
    10.2.    Powers..............................................................................................97
    10.3.    General Immunity....................................................................................97
    10.4.    No Responsibility for Loans, Recitals, etc..........................................................97
    10.5.    Action on Instructions of Lenders...................................................................97
    10.6.    Employment of Managing Agents and Counsel...........................................................97
    10.7.    Reliance on Documents; Counsel......................................................................98
    10.8.    Managing Agent's Reimbursement and Indemnification..................................................98
    10.9.    Notice of Default...................................................................................98
    10.10.   Rights as a Lender..................................................................................98
    10.11.   Lender Credit Decision..............................................................................99
    10.12.   Successor Managing Agent............................................................................99
    10.13.   Managing Agent's Fee................................................................................99
    10.14.   Delegation to Affiliates...........................................................................100
    10.15.   Managing Agent, Co-Agents, Documentation Agent, Syndication Agent, etc.............................100



                                                        126
<PAGE>
ARTICLE XI.  SETOFF; RATABLE PAYMENTS...........................................................................100
    11.1.    Setoff.............................................................................................100
    11.2.    Ratable Payments...................................................................................100


ARTICLE XII. BENEFIT OF AGREEMENT; ASSIGNMENTS; PARTICIPATIONS..................................................100
    12.1.    Successors and Assigns.............................................................................100
    12.2.    Participations.....................................................................................101
             12.2.1.     Permitted Participants; Effect.........................................................101
             12.2.2.     Voting Rights..........................................................................101
             12.2.3.     Benefit of Setoff......................................................................101
    12.3.    Assignments........................................................................................102
             12.3.1.     Permitted Assignments..................................................................102
             12.3.2.     Effect; Effective Date.................................................................102
    12.4.    Dissemination of Information.......................................................................103
    12.5.    Tax Treatment......................................................................................103


ARTICLE XIII.NOTICES............................................................................................103
    13.1.    Notices............................................................................................103
    13.2.    Change of Address..................................................................................103


ARTICLE XIV. COUNTERPARTS.......................................................................................103


ARTICLE XV.  CHOICE OF LAW; CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.......................................104
    15.1.    CHOICE OF LAW......................................................................................104
    15.2.    CONSENT TO JURISDICTION............................................................................104
    15.3.    WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL...............................................................................104


EXHIBIT A.   FORM OF OPINION....................................................................................106


EXHIBIT B.   COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE.............................................................................108


EXHIBIT C.   ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT...............................................................................110


EXHIBIT D.   LOAN/CREDIT RELATED MONEY TRANSFER INSTRUCTION.....................................................118


EXHIBIT E.   NOTE...............................................................................................119


SCHEDULE 1.  SUBSIDIARIES AND OTHER INVESTMENTS.................................................................121


SCHEDULE 2.  INDEBTEDNESS, LIENS AND CONTINGENT OBLIGATIONS.....................................................122


SCHEDULE 3.  INITIAL COMMITMENT SCHEDULE........................................................................123
</TABLE>





                                                  127
<PAGE>


EXHIBIT 21



                         FRANKLIN COVEY CO.
                           Subsidiaries

Franklin Development Corporation  (a Utah corporation)

Franklin Covey Europe, Ltd.  (a United Kingdom corporation)

Franklin Covey Canada, Ltd.  (an Ontario corporation)

Franklin Excellence, Inc.  (a Utah corporation)

Franklin International Asia, Inc.  (a Utah corporation)

Franklin Covey Australia, Inc.  (a Utah corporation)

Franklin Covey NZ, Inc.  (a Utah corporation)

Franklin Covey Mexico, Inc.  (a Utah corporation)

Franklin Covey Taiwan, Inc.  (a Utah corporation)

Franklin Covey Argentina, Inc.  (a Utah corporation)

Franklin Covey Brazil, Inc.  (a Utah corporation)

Franklin Covey Spain, Inc.  (a Utah corporation)

Franklin Covey Puerto Rico, Inc.  (a Puerto Rico corporation)

Franklin Covey SA, Inc.  (a Utah corporation)

Franklin Covey ASC, Inc.  (a Utah corporation)

Publishers Press, Inc. (a Utah corporation)

Franklin Covey Client Sales, Inc. (a Utah corporation)

Franklin Covey Catalog Sales, Inc. (a Utah corporation)

Franklin Covey Product Sales, Inc. (a Utah corporation)

Franklin Covey Services, L.L.C. (a Utah limited liability company)

Franklin Covey Marketing, Ltd. (a Utah limited partnership)

Franklin Covey Travel, Inc. (a Utah corporation)

Check Advantage Plus, Inc. (a Utah corporation)

Premier Agendas, Inc. (a Washington corporation)

Premier School Agendas, Ltd. (a British Columbia corporation)

Premier Graphics, L.P. (a Washington limited partnership)




                                      128
<PAGE>




EXHIBIT 23.1




                    CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

         As   independent   public   accountants,   we  hereby  consent  to  the
incorporation  of our reports included or incorporated by reference in this Form
10-K, into the Company's  previously filed Registration  Statements on Form S-8,
File Nos. 33-73624 and 33-51314, and Form S-3, File Nos. 33-47894 and 333-89541.




/s/ ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Salt Lake City, Utah
November 17, 1999













                                      129
<PAGE>


EXHIBIT 99.1



                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
                  ON CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE





To Franklin Covey Co.:

         We  have  audited  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  included in Franklin Covey
Co.'s annual report to shareholders incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K,
and have issued our report  thereon dated October 8, 1999.  Our audits were made
for the purpose of forming an opinion on those  statements taken as a whole. The
schedule listed in the index on page 57 is the  responsibility  of the Company's
management and is presented for the purpose of complying with the Securities and
Exchange  Commissions  rules and is not part of the basic financial  statements.
The schedule has been subjected to the auditing  procedures applied in the audit
of the basic  financial  statements  and, in our opinion,  fairly  states in all
material  respects  the  financial  data  required  to be set forth  therein  in
relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole.



/s/ ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
- --------------------------------
ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Salt Lake City, Utah
October 8, 1999







                                      130
<PAGE>



EXHIBIT 99.2


SCHEDULE II

                                       FRANKLIN COVEY CO.

                        VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
                          For the Three Years Ended August 31, 1999
                                     (Dollars in Thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Column A                        Column B                    Column C               Column D          Column E
- --------                        --------                    --------               --------          --------
                                                            Additions
                                                     ----------------------
                                                     Charged to     Charged
                                Balance at           Costs and      to Other                        Balance at
Description                 Beginning of Period       Expenses      Accounts      Deductions      End of Period
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                             <C>                  <C>             <C>          <C>      <C>      <C>
Year ended August 31, 1997:
 Allowance for doubtful
     accounts                   $    889             $  1,038        $1,322(1)    $ (1,318) (3)     $  1,931
 Allowance for inventories         5,378                4,254           400(2)      (5,557) (4)        4,475
                                --------             --------        ------       ---------         --------


                                $  6,267             $  5,292        $1,722       $ (6,875)         $  6,406
                                ========             ========        ======       =========         ========

Year ended August 31, 1998:
 Allowance for doubtful
    accounts                    $  1,931             $  3,472                     $ (2,563) (3)     $  2,840
 Allowance for inventories         4,475                6,522                       (5,998) (4)        4,999
                                --------             --------                     ---------         --------

                                $  6,406             $  9,994                     $ (8,561)         $  7,839
                                ========             ========                     =========         ========

Year ended August 31, 1999:
 Allowance for doubtful
    accounts                    $  2,840             $  4,862                     $ (3,628) (3)     $  4,074
 Allowances for inventories        4,999               13,460                       (8,899) (4)        9,560
                                --------             --------                     ---------         --------

                                $  7,839             $ 18,322                     $(12,527)         $ 13,634
                                ========             ========                     =========         ========

</TABLE>


(1)  Represents the addition of the allowances for doubtful accounts of acquired
     companies.

(2)  Represents  the  addition of the  allowances  for  inventories  of acquired
     companies.

(3)  Represents a write-off of accounts deemed uncollectible.

(4)  Reduction in the allowance is due to a write-off of obsolete inventories.



                                     131


<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5

<CIK>                        0000886206
<NAME>                       FRANKLIN COVEY CO.
<MULTIPLIER>                                   1,000
<CURRENCY>                                     US DOLLARS

<S>                                            <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                                  12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              AUG-31-1999
<PERIOD-START>                                 SEP-01-1998
<PERIOD-END>                                   AUG-31-1999
<EXCHANGE-RATE>                                1.0
<CASH>                                         26,781
<SECURITIES>                                   0
<RECEIVABLES>                                  96,574
<ALLOWANCES>                                   4,074
<INVENTORY>                                    59,780
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               211,646
<PP&E>                                         220,204
<DEPRECIATION>                                 92,341
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 623,303
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          203,508
<BONDS>                                        6,543
                          0
                                    75,000
<COMMON>                                       1,353
<OTHER-SE>                                     302,081
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   623,303
<SALES>                                        554,923
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               554,923
<CGS>                                          243,132
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  243,132
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                               307,383
<LOSS-PROVISION>                               0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                             9,912
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                (4,226)
<INCOME-TAX>                                   4,546
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            (8,772)
<DISCONTINUED>                                 0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                0
<CHANGES>                                      0
<NET-INCOME>                                   (8,772)
<EPS-BASIC>                                  (0.51)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                  (0.51)



</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission